1systemd System and Service Manager 2 3CHANGES WITH 251: 4 5 Backwards-incompatible changes: 6 7 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15, 8 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist. 9 10 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our 11 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89. 12 13 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures 14 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by 15 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many 16 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since 17 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly 18 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files. 19 20 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped' 21 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved 22 signal to the behaviour it had before v250. 23 24 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and 25 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra 26 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata. 27 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and 28 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped, 29 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that 30 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface. 31 32 * All kernels supported by systemd mix RDRAND (or similar) into the 33 entropy pool at early boot. This means that on those systems, even if 34 /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still returns bytes that that 35 are at least as high quality as RDRAND. For that reason, we no longer 36 have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which has 37 historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6 provide 38 the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random bytes 39 before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into kmsg, 40 which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct usage 41 of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are running 42 an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not seen with 43 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86 systems, there 44 should be no visible changes. 45 46 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12 47 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on 48 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all 49 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use 50 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12 51 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain 52 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson 53 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false). 54 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12 55 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users 56 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove 57 this compatibility feature in two year's time. 58 59 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead 60 of pcap. 61 62 * An udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with 63 lowercase hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 64 250. This has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are 65 supposed to be used, and we already had a rule that with the 66 appropriate match. 67 68 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries. 69 70 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters 71 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files). 72 It is apparently used by the linker now. 73 74 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and 75 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to 76 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf. 77 78 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf 79 to account for this change. 80 81 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed 82 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced. 83 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext. 84 85 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot: 86 87 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1 88 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick 89 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot 90 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new 91 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the 92 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden 93 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on 94 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the 95 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the 96 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token 97 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for 98 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will 99 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the 100 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot, 101 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of 102 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported. 103 104 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire 105 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both 106 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the 107 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another 108 suitable identifier before deploying the image. 109 110 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with 111 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP) 112 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/ 113 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this 114 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the 115 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file. 116 117 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the 118 systemd-boot boot loader. 119 120 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in 121 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as 122 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This 123 allows choosing different initrd generators. 124 125 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty 126 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1 127 entry). The path to this directory is exported as 128 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should 129 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final 130 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been 131 prepared successfully. 132 133 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification 134 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is 135 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install, 136 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from 137 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations, 138 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way. 139 140 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have 141 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries 142 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by 143 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list. 144 145 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the 146 paths and other settings used. 147 148 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu 149 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a 150 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.) 151 152 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced 153 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not 154 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable 155 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of 156 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility. 157 158 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot 159 menu entries in JSON format. 160 161 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs 162 omit output with the new option --quiet. 163 164 Changes in systemd-homed: 165 166 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts 167 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected 168 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the 169 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534, 170 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16bit UID range 171 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used 172 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID). 173 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home 174 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this 175 release a fourth range is added to these mappings: 176 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container 177 uses, see: 178 179 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS 180 181 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS 182 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for 183 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system 184 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note 185 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the 186 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by 187 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the 188 context of the local system. 189 190 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant 191 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at 192 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime 193 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation 194 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime 195 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent 196 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying 197 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended 198 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed. 199 200 Changes in shared libraries: 201 202 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is 203 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing 204 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total 205 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse. 206 207 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and 208 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option 209 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the 210 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version), 211 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be 212 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where 213 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because 214 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of 215 the library. 216 217 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is 218 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID 219 format instead of simple series of hex characters. 220 221 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname() 222 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device 223 object from a device node name or file system path. 224 225 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the 226 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object 227 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around 228 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media 229 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of 230 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match 231 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that 232 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object. 233 234 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd: 235 236 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to 237 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the 238 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are: 239 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS, 240 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single 241 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler. 242 243 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows 244 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to 245 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of 246 disk image files.) 247 248 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths. 249 250 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on 251 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and 252 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set, 253 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user 254 manager. 255 256 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.) 257 258 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result 259 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied 260 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute. 261 262 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by 263 systemd-oomd. 264 265 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to 266 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked 267 unit files. 268 269 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname 270 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info). 271 272 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a 273 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY). 274 275 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=, 276 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=, 277 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=, 278 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=, 279 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=, 280 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user 281 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long 282 as user namespaces are enabled on the system. 283 284 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no 285 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with 286 Condition*= settings. 287 288 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files 289 from the directory will be loaded as credentials. 290 291 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units, 292 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels 293 assign to each cgroup. 294 295 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog 296 devices and the associated governor, via the new 297 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration 298 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf. 299 300 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show 301 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st. 302 303 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when 304 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version 305 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output. 306 307 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range" 308 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run 309 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID 310 range 311 312 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever 313 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their 314 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has been 315 completed. 316 317 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful 318 environment variables set describing the execution context a 319 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the 320 system service manager, or from the per-user service 321 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked 322 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether 323 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first" 324 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is 325 detected and which type of hypervisor/container 326 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the 327 kernel is built for. 328 329 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's 330 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM 331 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them 332 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed 333 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=` 334 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during 335 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no 336 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified 337 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly 338 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials 339 this way can be turned off via the new 340 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option. 341 342 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the 343 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if 344 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly, 345 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus 346 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and 347 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories 348 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick 349 up automatically. 350 351 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new 352 document: 353 354 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS 355 356 Changes in systemd-journald: 357 358 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable 359 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/). 360 361 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option. 362 363 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and 364 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new: 365 366 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS 367 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES 368 369 Changes in udev: 370 371 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs, 372 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables, 373 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by 374 default. 375 376 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to 377 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier. 378 379 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger 380 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster. 381 382 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match, 383 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only 384 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been 385 initialized yet, respectively. 386 387 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific 388 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in 389 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through 390 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need 391 to synchronize on the creation to complete. 392 393 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block 394 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is 395 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and 396 usable in scripts dealing with block devices. 397 398 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its 399 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types. 400 401 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and 402 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy. 403 404 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in 405 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block 406 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does 407 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will 408 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified 409 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of 410 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with 411 the one in the symlink path. 412 413 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link. 414 415 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on 416 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously 417 only supported in .network files. 418 419 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting 420 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions. 421 422 Changes in systemd-networkd: 423 424 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route] 425 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with 426 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is 427 still honored. 428 429 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been 430 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be 431 up. 432 433 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting 434 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge. 435 436 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and 437 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section. 438 439 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match 440 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.) 441 442 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'. 443 444 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network 445 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network 446 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified 447 address. 448 449 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev 450 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata 451 mode). 452 453 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in 454 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface. 455 456 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and 457 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address, 458 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure 459 PXE boot). 460 461 Changes in systemd-resolved: 462 463 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it 464 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed 465 there. 466 467 Changes in disk encryption: 468 469 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to 470 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new 471 --tpm2-with-pin= option. 472 473 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab. 474 475 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now 476 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips 477 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys. 478 479 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to 480 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to 481 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens. 482 483 Changes in systemd-hostnamed: 484 485 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info 486 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb. 487 488 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device 489 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by 490 hostnamed. 491 492 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial() 493 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also 494 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the 495 firmware version of the system. 496 497 Changes in other components: 498 499 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/ 500 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build 501 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other 502 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have 503 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults. 504 505 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the 506 list of known users. 507 508 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be 509 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell 510 invocations (instead of of the default /bin/bash). 511 512 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server 513 information dynamically at runtime via IPC. 514 515 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports 516 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if 517 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and 518 a device found. 519 520 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted 521 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this 522 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement 523 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The 524 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if 525 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials 526 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems. 527 528 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now 529 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and 530 $TERM). 531 532 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components, 533 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel 534 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example: 535 $ meson build systemd-boot 536 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild 537 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags 538 539 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the 540 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump. 541 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats, 542 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.: 543 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz 544 545 Experimental features: 546 547 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in 548 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the 549 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM 550 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the 551 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot 552 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot. 553 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going 554 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining 555 compatibility with the current implementation. 556 557 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically 558 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host 559 installation itself, or container images, portable service images, 560 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates. 561 562 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox, 563 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S, 564 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda, 565 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, 566 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be, 567 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke, 568 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein, 569 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich, 570 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw, 571 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa, 572 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin, 573 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY, 574 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli, 575 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho, 576 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld, 577 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva, 578 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian, 579 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong, 580 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi, 581 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993, 582 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk, 583 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala, 584 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton, 585 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný, 586 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud, 587 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin, 588 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer, 589 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill, 590 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof, 591 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco, 592 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering, 593 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze, 594 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann, 595 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas, 596 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu, 597 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe, 598 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб 599 600 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21 601 602CHANGES WITH 250: 603 604 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added. 605 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support 606 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a 607 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if 608 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip 609 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The 610 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is 611 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted 612 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this 613 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted= 614 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials. 615 616 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL 617 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt 618 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS 619 installation or hardware. 620 621 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable 622 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions. 623 624 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially 625 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority 626 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do 627 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under 628 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically, 629 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and 630 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI. 631 632 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with 633 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity 634 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple 635 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and 636 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is 637 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with 638 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect, 639 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers. 640 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are 641 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be 642 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple 643 drop-in file mechanism). 644 645 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a 646 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an 647 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using 648 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable 649 service, or attached as system extension. 650 651 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field 652 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image 653 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to 654 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions 655 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts. 656 657 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may 658 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes 659 are supported. 660 661 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/… 662 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well. 663 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures 664 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and 665 systemd-binfmtd is running. 666 667 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=, 668 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and 669 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions 670 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful 671 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By 672 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is 673 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate 674 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently 675 does not trigger any operation by default. 676 677 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and 678 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation 679 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as 680 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier 681 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow 682 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service 683 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is 684 waiting for this way to the system service manager. 685 686 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the 687 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but 688 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when 689 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1. 690 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers. 691 692 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating 693 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of 694 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to 695 request this behavior. 696 697 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now 698 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog 699 time-out for the boot. 700 701 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in 702 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used 703 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes 704 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this 705 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as 706 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user 707 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than 708 system services or the managers themselves. 709 710 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that 711 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type. 712 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an 713 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to 714 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command 715 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known 716 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful 717 group handles). 718 719 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for 720 restricting access to specific network interfaces. 721 722 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and 723 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts 724 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process 725 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and 726 assign resources differently during boot than during regular 727 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight= 728 vs. CPUWeight. 729 730 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings 731 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied 732 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply 733 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply 734 during boot and shutdown. 735 736 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts 737 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a 738 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io 739 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI 740 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and 741 https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/accounting/psi.html 742 743 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or 744 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used. 745 746 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M 747 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/. 748 749 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with 750 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information. 751 752 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows 753 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects 754 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar, 755 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment 756 variable passed to invoked processes. 757 758 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service 759 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as 760 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount. 761 762 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=, 763 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended: 764 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by 765 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the 766 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories 767 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple 768 names. 769 770 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for 771 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to 772 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY 773 dimensions to a virtual machine. 774 775 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that 776 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd 777 only watches the main process of a service. By setting 778 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a 779 cgroup instead. 780 781 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be 782 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when 783 mounting the autofs instance. 784 785 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable 786 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether 787 during build-time. 788 789 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec= 790 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit 791 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is 792 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*= 793 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of 794 socket units. 795 796 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built 797 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command 798 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way. 799 800 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems 801 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only 802 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be 803 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR 804 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of 805 trust as SHA256 banks. 806 807 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports 808 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with 809 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use 810 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available. 811 812 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for 813 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to 814 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses 815 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key 816 instead. 817 818 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file 819 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been 820 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals 821 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity. 822 823 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash= 824 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for 825 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of 826 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as 827 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the 828 root partition. 829 830 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to 831 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk 832 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux 833 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can 834 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a 835 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed. 836 837 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled 838 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it 839 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This 840 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates 841 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/. 842 843 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate 844 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present. 845 846 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data. 847 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows. 848 849 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is 850 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to 851 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to 852 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation 853 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the 854 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation 855 and how to trigger it. 856 857 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been 858 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC 859 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the 860 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp 861 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and 862 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when 863 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time 864 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or 865 batteries. 866 867 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd, 868 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to 869 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly 870 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness 871 against abnormal system shutdown. 872 873 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= + 874 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root 875 directory/image instead of on the host. 876 877 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under 878 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename 879 actually is. 880 881 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which 882 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units 883 or recursively any dependent units. 884 885 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for 886 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may 887 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root 888 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter 889 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level 890 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new 891 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to 892 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests 893 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure 894 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic 895 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files. 896 897 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output. 898 899 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing 900 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter", 901 "filesystems" commands. 902 903 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used 904 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable 905 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled 906 through them. 907 908 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core 909 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information, 910 including the build-id and other info described on: 911 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/ 912 913 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA] 914 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other 915 interfaces. 916 917 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve 918 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server. 919 920 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=, 921 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN 922 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking 923 CAN timing quanta. 924 925 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=, 926 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=, 927 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=, 928 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and 929 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the 930 CAN interface. 931 932 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option 933 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4 934 addresses. 935 936 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new 937 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the 938 announced MTU settings to the local interface. 939 940 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean 941 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the 942 DHCP 6RD option. 943 944 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to 945 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported 946 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting. 947 948 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new 949 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface. 950 951 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting 952 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be 953 propagated to the downstream interfaces. 954 955 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new 956 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring 957 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement 958 records. 959 960 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section 961 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix= 962 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the 963 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started 964 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client. 965 966 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and 967 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its 968 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting. 969 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an 970 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address. 971 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The 972 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all 973 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections. 974 975 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new 976 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting. 977 978 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network 979 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to 980 wait before reacting to carrier loss. 981 982 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router= 983 setting to specify the router address. 984 985 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings 986 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=, 987 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=, 988 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE. 989 990 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files: 991 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device 992 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone 993 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created 994 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received. 995 996 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard 997 interfaces has been improved. 998 999 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses 1000 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via 1001 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or 1002 [WireGuardPeer] sections. 1003 1004 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent 1005 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this 1006 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files. 1007 1008 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand 1009 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And 1010 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section. 1011 1012 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy= 1013 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the 1014 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates 1015 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files. 1016 1017 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand 1018 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the 1019 hardware supports. 1020 1021 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of 1022 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings. 1023 1024 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link] 1025 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware 1026 that supports this. 1027 1028 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax: 1029 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by 1030 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment 1031 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will 1032 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down 1033 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's, 1034 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch. 1035 1036 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used 1037 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync() 1038 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build 1039 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is 1040 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but 1041 the performance win is beneficial. 1042 1043 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the 1044 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes. 1045 1046 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take 1047 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the 1048 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures 1049 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file 1050 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way 1051 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as 1052 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was 1053 taken to shift them manually. 1054 1055 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to 1056 show the Windows version. 1057 1058 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at 1059 build-time. 1060 1061 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during 1062 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available 1063 resolutions and save the last selection. 1064 1065 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter 1066 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult 1067 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works 1068 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses. 1069 1070 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item 1071 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu 1072 items). 1073 1074 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers 1075 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System 1076 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are 1077 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers 1078 for the XBOOTLDR partition. 1079 1080 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of 1081 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken 1082 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible. 1083 1084 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot 1085 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot 1086 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is 1087 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a 1088 (development) sd-boot instance from another. 1089 1090 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader 1091 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device 1092 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful 1093 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the 1094 kernel image. 1095 1096 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section 1097 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel. 1098 1099 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel) 1100 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them 1101 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked 1102 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory 1103 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd 1104 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended 1105 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated 1106 credentials, see above). 1107 1108 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials 1109 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories 1110 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries). 1111 1112 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set 1113 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a 1114 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader 1115 Specification Type #2. 1116 1117 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the 1118 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for 1119 non-x86 architectures. 1120 1121 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that 1122 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all 1123 or just the subsequent boot). 1124 1125 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables 1126 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from 1127 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use 1128 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools 1129 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The 1130 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the 1131 layout specified in 1132 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for 1133 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other 1134 values for this variable. 1135 1136 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the 1137 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend 1138 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write 1139 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID 1140 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly, 1141 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it 1142 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes 1143 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is 1144 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual 1145 machine-id. 1146 1147 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem: 1148 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no 1149 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first 1150 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the 1151 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen" 1152 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the 1153 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations 1154 without conflict. 1155 1156 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for 1157 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the 1158 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is 1159 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to 1160 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen 1161 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot 1162 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a 1163 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking 1164 installations that use the bls layout. 1165 1166 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically. 1167 1168 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/ 1169 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the 1170 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the 1171 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This 1172 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be 1173 attached under a wrong name this way. 1174 1175 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for 1176 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the 1177 default 'add'). 1178 1179 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only 1180 specific udev properties/values instead of all. 1181 1182 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various 1183 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers, 1184 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should 1185 be accessible to regular users. 1186 1187 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information 1188 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction 1189 they point (front or back). 1190 1191 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been 1192 added to hwdb. 1193 1194 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are 1195 now also owned by the system group "sgx". 1196 1197 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been 1198 added to define additional naming schemes schemes for udev's network 1199 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions 1200 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution 1201 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the 1202 sources to introduce new named schemes. 1203 1204 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended 1205 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information. 1206 1207 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type 1208 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI 1209 support). 1210 1211 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended 1212 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= + 1213 --cgroup-id= switches.) 1214 1215 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all 1216 Journal files instead of just the local ones. 1217 1218 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than 1219 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata 1220 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed. 1221 1222 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a 1223 forked, sandboxed process. 1224 1225 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in 1226 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was 1227 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some 1228 reason it was not tried again. 1229 1230 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file 1231 system lock on the image file while the home area is active 1232 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are 1233 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas 1234 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and 1235 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case. 1236 1237 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once 1238 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches= 1239 homectl switch. 1240 1241 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas. 1242 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now 1243 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used 1244 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically 1245 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping 1246 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas 1247 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file 1248 system trees is no longer necessary. 1249 1250 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service 1251 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in 1252 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory. 1253 1254 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional 1255 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field, 1256 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example 1257 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some 1258 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a 1259 FritzBox SMB3 share this way). 1260 1261 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home 1262 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd 1263 by default. 1264 1265 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of 1266 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the 1267 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4, 1268 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to 1269 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON 1270 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options) 1271 1272 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications 1273 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum 1274 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system 1275 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the 1276 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but 1277 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled 1278 precisely. 1279 1280 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas 1281 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next 1282 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up 1283 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides 1284 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only 1285 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area 1286 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in 1287 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be 1288 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl. 1289 1290 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk 1291 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used, 1292 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is 1293 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and 1294 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be 1295 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used 1296 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is 1297 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON 1298 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl 1299 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested 1300 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus 1301 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete. 1302 1303 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting 1304 to use when outputting user or group records. 1305 1306 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly 1307 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user 1308 record resolution logic. 1309 1310 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch, 1311 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the 1312 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows 1313 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to 1314 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any 1315 other also configured in the command line. 1316 1317 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that 1318 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor 1319 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to 1320 watch. 1321 1322 * The sd-event API gained a new function 1323 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to 1324 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source 1325 leaves the rate limiting phase. 1326 1327 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary 1328 to port systemd to a new architecture: 1329 1330 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES 1331 1332 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports 1333 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems. 1334 1335 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto' 1336 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be 1337 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped 1338 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of 1339 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but 1340 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during 1341 shutdown. 1342 1343 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line 1344 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable 1345 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for 1346 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar 1347 environments. 1348 1349 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54 1350 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to 1351 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are 1352 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the 1353 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server 1354 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream 1355 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do 1356 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to 1357 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in 1358 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to 1359 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub. 1360 1361 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables 1362 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA, 1363 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume 1364 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization. 1365 1366 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with 1367 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt. 1368 1369 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL. 1370 1371 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group 1372 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an 1373 appropriate primary group. 1374 1375 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it. 1376 1377 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json. 1378 1379 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and 1380 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not 1381 work. 1382 1383 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage 1384 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted. 1385 1386 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system 1387 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc). 1388 1389 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the 1390 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg. 1391 1392 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on 1393 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that 1394 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems 1395 that have compression enabled. 1396 1397 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message 1398 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will 1399 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as 1400 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage. 1401 1402 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error 1403 messages. 1404 1405 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file 1406 corruption. 1407 1408 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the 1409 scheduled shutdown. 1410 1411 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a 1412 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in 1413 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable 1414 licenses as they appear on spdx.org. 1415 1416 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, 1417 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin, 1418 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, 1419 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold, 1420 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi, 1421 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, 1422 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani, 1423 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett, 1424 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham, 1425 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli, 1426 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, 1427 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca, 1428 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov, 1429 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov, 1430 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing, 1431 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, 1432 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX, 1433 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, 1434 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho, 1435 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras, 1436 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, 1437 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne, 1438 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten, 1439 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva, 1440 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey, 1441 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker, 1442 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda, 1443 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis, 1444 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi, 1445 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez, 1446 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro, 1447 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert, 1448 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni, 1449 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto, 1450 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas, 1451 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck, 1452 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley, 1453 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri, 1454 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto, 1455 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher, 1456 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, 1457 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat, 1458 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian, 1459 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷), 1460 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, 1461 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб 1462 1463 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23 1464 1465CHANGES WITH 249: 1466 1467 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various 1468 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds 1469 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple 1470 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple 1471 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition 1472 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and 1473 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system 1474 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with 1475 a matching version identifier. 1476 1477 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the 1478 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the 1479 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user> 1480 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX 1481 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited 1482 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if 1483 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords 1484 during first boot. Example: 1485 1486 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo 1487 1488 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it 1489 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence 1490 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the 1491 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that 1492 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.) 1493 1494 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system 1495 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be 1496 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of 1497 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty 1498 /etc/). 1499 1500 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description 1501 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with 1502 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or 1503 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line. 1504 1505 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for 1506 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how 1507 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch 1508 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and 1509 systemd-sysusers tools. 1510 1511 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too. 1512 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool 1513 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single 1514 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image 1515 itself. 1516 1517 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a 1518 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary 1519 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering 1520 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root 1521 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions 1522 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a 1523 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to 1524 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system 1525 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted 1526 immediately, even in read-only mode. 1527 1528 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special 1529 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS 1530 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when 1531 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium 1532 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium. 1533 1534 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a 1535 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these 1536 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for 1537 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being 1538 subject for automatic mounting from creation on. 1539 1540 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional) 1541 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version 1542 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and 1543 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to 1544 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve 1545 specifiers. 1546 1547 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable 1548 service images with extensions that follow the extension image 1549 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple 1550 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service. 1551 1552 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from 1553 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report. 1554 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with 1555 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process. 1556 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other) 1557 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match 1558 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was 1559 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files 1560 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is 1561 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further 1562 information, see: 1563 1564 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA 1565 1566 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices 1567 (IEEE 1394). 1568 1569 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three 1570 backwards-incompatible changes: 1571 1572 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as 1573 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal 1574 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal 1575 number. 1576 1577 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers 1578 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems, 1579 where values up to 65535 are used. 1580 1581 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_". 1582 1583 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous 1584 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel 1585 command line parameter. 1586 1587 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a 1588 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words, 1589 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open. 1590 1591 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function 1592 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when 1593 the udev device first appeared in the database. 1594 1595 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and 1596 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to 1597 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is 1598 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID 1599 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives, 1600 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel 1601 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through 1602 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle" 1603 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to 1604 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also 1605 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated 1606 uevent. 1607 1608 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and 1609 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for 1610 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name 1611 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface 1612 index. 1613 1614 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk 1615 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally 1616 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable 1617 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety 1618 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support 1619 for that official: 1620 1621 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL 1622 1623 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be 1624 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs 1625 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload 1626 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd 1627 services into them. 1628 1629 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the 1630 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added 1631 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not 1632 available on private domains. 1633 1634 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers. 1635 1636 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to 1637 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing 1638 policy rules from systemd-networkd management. 1639 1640 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that 1641 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6 1642 connectivity. 1643 1644 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to 1645 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to 1646 consider an interface "online". 1647 1648 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link 1649 information. 1650 1651 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to 1652 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups. 1653 1654 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for 1655 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting. 1656 1657 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new 1658 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay. 1659 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used 1660 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour. 1661 1662 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in 1663 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to 1664 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as 1665 before. 1666 1667 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static 1668 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease] 1669 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to 1670 fixed IP addresses and vice versa. 1671 1672 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a 1673 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address 1674 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way. 1675 1676 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to 1677 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no 1678 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the 1679 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a 1680 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up 1681 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated 1682 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot. 1683 1684 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new 1685 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for 1686 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration. 1687 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections 1688 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the 1689 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since 1690 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for 1691 compatibility.) 1692 1693 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network 1694 files. 1695 1696 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface 1697 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to 1698 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390 1699 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd. 1700 1701 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address 1702 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always 1703 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound 1704 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is 1705 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address 1706 that matters most, to the point where this is defined. 1707 1708 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new 1709 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition 1710 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically 1711 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch 1712 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting 1713 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is 1714 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file 1715 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no 1716 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the 1717 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends 1718 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem= 1719 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows 1720 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for 1721 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they 1722 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details: 1723 1724 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS 1725 1726 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4] 1727 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address 1728 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route 1729 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP 1730 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed 1731 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that 1732 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default. 1733 1734 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have 1735 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces 1736 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented 1737 via BPF. 1738 1739 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to 1740 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may 1741 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if 1742 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature. 1743 1744 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to 1745 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">" 1746 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value 1747 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful 1748 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like 1749 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION. 1750 1751 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON 1752 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via 1753 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON. 1754 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and 1755 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with 1756 program code that can consume JSON. 1757 1758 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and 1759 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=". 1760 1761 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs 1762 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have 1763 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname") 1764 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and 1765 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names 1766 continue to be supported for compatibility. 1767 1768 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to 1769 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments. 1770 1771 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log 1772 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages 1773 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a 1774 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log 1775 level. 1776 1777 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch 1778 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level 1779 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains 1780 Type 1 boot loader entries. 1781 1782 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries 1783 may be specified now. 1784 1785 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any 1786 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will 1787 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where 1788 an interactive user is generally not present. 1789 1790 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows 1791 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the 1792 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The 1793 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via 1794 asterisks.) 1795 1796 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and 1797 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the 1798 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a 1799 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches 1800 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=, 1801 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which 1802 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the 1803 used FIDO2 token. 1804 1805 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value 1806 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an 1807 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is 1808 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look 1809 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack 1810 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process 1811 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host. 1812 1813 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a 1814 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of 1815 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown, 1816 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value 1817 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership 1818 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID 1819 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping 1820 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short 1821 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto 1822 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if 1823 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is 1824 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use 1825 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows 1826 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of 1827 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple 1828 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and 1829 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID 1830 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR: 1831 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been 1832 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where 1833 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs 1834 privileges on the host). 1835 1836 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition 1837 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by 1838 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database. 1839 1840 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read 1841 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in 1842 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and 1843 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making 1844 additional users available to the system, with full integration into 1845 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group 1846 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with 1847 resource management settings and other runtime settings that 1848 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login. 1849 1850 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and 1851 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for 1852 user database lookups. 1853 1854 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host 1855 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's 1856 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container, 1857 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the 1858 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID 1859 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along 1860 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These 1861 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic 1862 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as 1863 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new 1864 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container 1865 is trivially simple. 1866 1867 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system, 1868 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of 1869 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the 1870 Journal records. 1871 1872 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a 1873 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot 1874 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure= 1875 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show" 1876 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=, 1877 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all 1878 units that are members of a slice. 1879 1880 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= + 1881 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit 1882 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing 1883 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies. 1884 1885 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse 1886 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but 1887 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to 1888 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits 1889 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more 1890 services are started once another service has successfully completed. 1891 1892 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse 1893 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists 1894 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form 1895 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit 1896 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is 1897 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative 1898 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the 1899 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in 1900 another unit that intends to uphold it. 1901 1902 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords 1903 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch. 1904 1905 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may 1906 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji () is 1907 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs. 1908 1909 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a 1910 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks 1911 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed 1912 characters literally. 1913 1914 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for 1915 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the 1916 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n 1917 switch. 1918 1919 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of 1920 the systemd source code tree: 1921 1922 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE 1923 1924 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in 1925 the initrd. 1926 1927 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or 1928 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template 1929 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name. 1930 1931 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit, 1932 or the slice(s) it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/ 1933 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the 1934 unit can claim before hitting the limit(s). 1935 1936 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit 1937 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage 1938 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs, 1939 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory 1940 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store 1941 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed 1942 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file 1943 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal. 1944 1945 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type 1946 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not. 1947 1948 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to 1949 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access 1950 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when 1951 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned. 1952 1953 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network 1954 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address 1955 generation. 1956 1957 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new 1958 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink 1959 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from. 1960 1961 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags 1962 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies. 1963 1964 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at 1965 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and 1966 performance with bpftrace and similar tools. 1967 1968 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for 1969 setting a network timeout time. 1970 1971 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory= 1972 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by 1973 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled. 1974 1975 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the 1976 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in 1977 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone 1978 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did 1979 not install this additional file, most do however. If you 1980 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change 1981 that. 1982 1983 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only 1984 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and 1985 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated 1986 events in a short time window. 1987 1988 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox, 1989 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu, 1990 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug, 1991 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin, 1992 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche, 1993 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman, 1994 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea, 1995 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing, 1996 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais, 1997 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede, 1998 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov, 1999 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, 2000 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu, 2001 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann, 2002 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel, 2003 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti, 2004 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi, 2005 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard, 2006 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný, 2007 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq, 2008 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans, 2009 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan, 2010 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds, 2011 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff, 2012 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt, 2013 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon, 2014 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani, 2015 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay, 2016 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux, 2017 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev, 2018 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб 2019 2020 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07 2021 2022CHANGES WITH 248: 2023 2024 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may 2025 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at 2026 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only). 2027 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/ 2028 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs 2029 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS. 2030 2031 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and 2032 refresh system extension hierarchies. See 2033 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html. 2034 2035 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system 2036 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early 2037 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first). 2038 2039 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the 2040 supported system extension level. 2041 2042 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same 2043 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced 2044 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and 2045 constraints. 2046 2047 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has 2048 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr= 2049 should be used to point to the operating system implementation. 2050 2051 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure 2052 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the 2053 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options", 2054 similar to /etc/crypttab. 2055 2056 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be 2057 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device. 2058 2059 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now 2060 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is 2061 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This 2062 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information 2063 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed. 2064 2065 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed 2066 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently 2067 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the 2068 user. 2069 2070 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and 2071 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting 2072 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting 2073 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can 2074 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is 2075 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is 2076 intended to allow customization by different variants of a 2077 distribution that share the same compiled packages. 2078 2079 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through 2080 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This 2081 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel 2082 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and 2083 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager). 2084 2085 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of 2086 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as 2087 D-Bus properties. 2088 2089 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and 2090 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a 2091 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's 2092 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI 2093 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl 2094 shows this in the status output. 2095 2096 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the 2097 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded 2098 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the 2099 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates 2100 the need for configuration in an external file. 2101 2102 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using 2103 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the 2104 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens). 2105 2106 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2 2107 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var 2108 partition bound to the machine on first boot. 2109 2110 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2 2111 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy 2112 them. See: 2113 2114 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html 2115 2116 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases. 2117 2118 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library 2119 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime 2120 dependency. 2121 2122 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in 2123 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which 2124 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO. 2125 2126 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve() 2127 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using 2128 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an 2129 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays 2130 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps 2131 output and such. 2132 2133 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped. 2134 "_gateway" is now the only supported name. 2135 2136 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if 2137 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device. 2138 2139 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to 2140 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example, 2141 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only 2142 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode. 2143 2144 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been 2145 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the 2146 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1 2147 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used. 2148 2149 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to 2150 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC 2151 identifiers and POSIX message queues. 2152 2153 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing 2154 IPC namespace. 2155 2156 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically 2157 generated from kernel lists exported on 2158 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html. 2159 2160 The following architectures should now have complete lists: 2161 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32, 2162 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32. 2163 2164 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs 2165 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has 2166 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not 2167 guaranteed when using a read-only image. 2168 2169 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as 2170 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount 2171 point is used, there is no change in behaviour. 2172 2173 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the 2174 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed 2175 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and 2176 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'. 2177 2178 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files 2179 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>"). 2180 2181 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify 2182 noexec for parts of the file system. 2183 2184 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a 2185 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container 2186 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to 2187 systemctl and similar tools: 2188 2189 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo 2190 2191 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container 2192 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on 2193 the host itself is connected to 2194 2195 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux 2196 2197 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to 2198 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single 2199 parameter: the message to send. 2200 2201 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing 2202 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See 2203 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details. 2204 2205 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows 2206 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode. 2207 2208 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the 2209 number of TX and RX queues to be configured. 2210 2211 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX 2212 queue to be configured. 2213 2214 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and 2215 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and 2216 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload. 2217 2218 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced" 2219 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and 2220 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new 2221 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of 2222 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in 2223 .network files. 2224 2225 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration 2226 switch to select the routing policy table. 2227 2228 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type= 2229 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit"). 2230 2231 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and 2232 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from 2233 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been 2234 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been 2235 added. 2236 2237 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to 2238 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease. 2239 2240 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] 2241 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch. 2242 2243 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which 2244 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed, 2245 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be 2246 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev". 2247 2248 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly 2249 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard 2250 devices. 2251 2252 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=, 2253 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength= 2254 configuration options for VLAN packet handling. 2255 2256 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to 2257 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or 2258 even a single device. 2259 2260 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and 2261 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file 2262 systems. 2263 2264 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots 2265 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device. 2266 2267 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any 2268 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable 2269 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can 2270 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow- 2271 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=). 2272 2273 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock 2274 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group. 2275 2276 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint 2277 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from 2278 libfprint. 2279 2280 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub 2281 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC 2282 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the 2283 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from 2284 the upstream server. 2285 2286 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in 2287 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS 2288 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1 2289 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved 2290 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local 2291 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches 2292 anyway. 2293 2294 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS 2295 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are 2296 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server. 2297 2298 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now 2299 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the 2300 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it 2301 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of 2302 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=, 2303 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to 2304 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached 2305 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired 2306 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust 2307 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the 2308 lookup. 2309 2310 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting 2311 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient 2312 capabilities passed to the container payload. 2313 2314 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the 2315 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables 2316 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now 2317 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now 2318 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is 2319 IPv4-only). 2320 2321 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before, 2322 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either 2323 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired). 2324 2325 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files 2326 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw). 2327 2328 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec= 2329 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory 2330 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new 2331 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain 2332 units. 2333 2334 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual 2335 backwards-compatiblity promises apply). Swap is not required for 2336 operation, but it is still recommended. 2337 2338 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which 2339 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers. 2340 2341 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the 2342 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus. 2343 2344 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales 2345 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based 2346 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux. 2347 2348 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors 2349 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors 2350 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false. 2351 2352 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called 2353 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of 2354 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a 2355 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are 2356 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected 2357 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or 2358 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be 2359 imported into the manager environment block. 2360 2361 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by 2362 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push 2363 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment. 2364 2365 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful 2366 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol 2367 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being 2368 reloaded "↻". 2369 2370 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments 2371 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in 2372 a simple JSON format. 2373 2374 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special 2375 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known 2376 process signals and their numbers. 2377 2378 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status. 2379 2380 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to 2381 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output. 2382 2383 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS 2384 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal 2385 colors are used in output. 2386 2387 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the 2388 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now 2389 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able 2390 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to 2391 disable this output again. 2392 2393 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr" 2394 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A 2395 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in 2396 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts). 2397 2398 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as 2399 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not 2400 recommended. 2401 2402 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not 2403 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but 2404 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the 2405 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install 2406 the keymap file first. 2407 2408 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'. 2409 2410 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically 2411 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none 2412 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot). 2413 2414 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for 2415 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used 2416 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service 2417 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree. 2418 2419 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to 2420 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has 2421 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence 2422 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device 2423 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to 2424 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device. 2425 2426 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by 2427 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with 2428 headers/legends. 2429 2430 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero, 2431 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and 2432 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl 2433 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart 2434 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are 2435 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark 2436 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual 2437 operations at a later step at once. 2438 2439 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be 2440 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition 2441 to regular strings. 2442 2443 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device 2444 and measured the boot process into it. 2445 2446 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable 2447 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true 2448 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes 2449 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume. 2450 2451 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly 2452 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they 2453 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as 2454 it assigns the container a cgroup. 2455 2456 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a 2457 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly. 2458 2459 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of 2460 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx". 2461 2462 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry, 2463 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos, 2464 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro, 2465 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T, 2466 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase, 2467 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt, 2468 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn, 2469 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman, 2470 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle, 2471 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo, 2472 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges, 2473 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink, 2474 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule, 2475 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer, 2476 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide, 2477 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan, 2478 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade, 2479 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt, 2480 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak, 2481 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng, 2482 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi, 2483 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg, 2484 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner, 2485 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik, 2486 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco, 2487 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen, 2488 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan, 2489 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt, 2490 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn, 2491 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas, 2492 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, 2493 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield, 2494 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f, 2495 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad, 2496 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen, 2497 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, 2498 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски 2499 2500 — Berlin, 2021-03-30 2501 2502CHANGES WITH 247: 2503 2504 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents 2505 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel 2506 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle 2507 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new 2508 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices 2509 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a 2510 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel 2511 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but 2512 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev 2513 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many 2514 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device, 2515 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility 2516 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel 2517 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and 2518 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers. 2519 2520 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid 2521 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags" 2522 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during 2523 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now 2524 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not 2525 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed 2526 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring 2527 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents 2528 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops 2529 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new 2530 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept 2531 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example 2532 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a 2533 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are 2534 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed. 2535 2536 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary 2537 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent 2538 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those 2539 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same 2540 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS 2541 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but 2542 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database 2543 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with 2544 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the 2545 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones. 2546 2547 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is 2548 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to 2549 handle the new events. Specifically: 2550 2551 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to 2552 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use 2553 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the 2554 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or 2555 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device 2556 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently 2557 generated, for all other device types this change is still 2558 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for 2559 future kernel uevent type additions). 2560 2561 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch 2562 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other 2563 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add" 2564 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked 2565 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering 2566 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which 2567 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices 2568 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually 2569 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise 2570 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be 2571 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors 2572 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully. 2573 2574 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is 2575 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new 2576 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag() 2577 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the 2578 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing 2579 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on 2580 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained 2581 above). 2582 2583 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update 2584 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that 2585 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel 2586 behaviour change. 2587 2588 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution 2589 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any 2590 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We 2591 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that 2592 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that 2593 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so 2594 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database 2595 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must 2596 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and 2597 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the 2598 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right, 2599 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in 2600 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action, 2601 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those 2602 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here) 2603 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been 2604 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant 2605 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly 2606 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change" 2607 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even 2608 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above 2609 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle 2610 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and 2611 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule 2612 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at 2613 arbitrary times should be considered buggy. 2614 2615 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if 2616 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those 2617 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set 2618 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly 2619 setting MountAPIVFS=off. 2620 2621 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in 2622 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the 2623 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of 2624 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack 2625 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions 2626 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its 2627 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e. 2628 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance) 2629 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all 2630 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from 2631 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not 2632 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack 2633 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option. 2634 2635 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2, 2636 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on 2637 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in 2638 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand 2639 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the 2640 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback 2641 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose 2642 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the 2643 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS 2644 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should 2645 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically 2646 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies, 2647 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace 2648 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or 2649 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that 2650 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the 2651 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if 2652 they now are optional during runtime. 2653 2654 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for 2655 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a 2656 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call 2657 which installs absolute timers. 2658 2659 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure" 2660 mode, which may be controlled via the new 2661 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and 2662 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any 2663 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in 2664 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just 2665 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This 2666 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary" 2667 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to 2668 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local). 2669 2670 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler 2671 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event 2672 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to 2673 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this 2674 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event 2675 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little 2676 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are 2677 dispatched). 2678 2679 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows 2680 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of 2681 the RootImage= setting. 2682 2683 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows 2684 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible 2685 to the service. 2686 2687 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If 2688 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is 2689 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still 2690 different for different units). 2691 2692 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns" 2693 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket 2694 options. 2695 2696 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new 2697 --json= switch. 2698 2699 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass 2700 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit 2701 authentication request. 2702 2703 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to 2704 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run 2705 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=, 2706 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime 2707 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are 2708 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain 2709 empty. 2710 2711 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=, 2712 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The 2713 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace 2714 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and 2715 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new 2716 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the 2717 image to be applied onto the image. 2718 2719 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch, 2720 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included 2721 in OS disk images. 2722 2723 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content 2724 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use 2725 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the 2726 other output modes. 2727 2728 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be 2729 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This 2730 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally 2731 didn't have a counterpart for group records. 2732 2733 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images 2734 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been 2735 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially 2736 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new 2737 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of 2738 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing 2739 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for 2740 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the 2741 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option 2742 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image. 2743 2744 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the 2745 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This 2746 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply 2747 recursively to whole subtrees. 2748 2749 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if 2750 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may 2751 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf. 2752 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and 2753 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while 2754 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be 2755 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most 2756 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all). 2757 2758 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for 2759 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can 2760 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated 2761 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy. 2762 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to 2763 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code, 2764 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is 2765 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for 2766 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the 2767 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the 2768 system asks for a password. 2769 2770 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted 2771 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been 2772 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify 2773 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when 2774 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch 2775 up. 2776 2777 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to 2778 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show 2779 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity. 2780 2781 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by 2782 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar 2783 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine 2784 virtualization. 2785 2786 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as 2787 place to use for propagating external mounts into the 2788 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path 2789 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager 2790 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the 2791 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes 2792 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as 2793 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible. 2794 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same 2795 string as the $container environment variable passed to the 2796 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with 2797 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/ 2798 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to 2799 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and 2800 directories: 2801 2802 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE 2803 2804 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been 2805 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn 2806 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely. 2807 2808 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes 2809 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the 2810 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is 2811 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way. 2812 2813 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains 2814 all system calls known at the time systemd was built. 2815 2816 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly: 2817 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by 2818 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This 2819 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be 2820 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will 2821 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest 2822 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client 2823 applications. 2824 2825 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections 2826 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build 2827 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and 2828 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd 2829 build time. 2830 2831 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for 2832 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by 2833 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls 2834 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's 2835 system call filter policy. 2836 2837 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for 2838 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp 2839 filtering is turned off. 2840 2841 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been 2842 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs. 2843 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are 2844 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing 2845 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All 2846 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set 2847 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and 2848 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a 2849 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace. 2850 2851 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled 2852 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket 2853 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service 2854 exited. 2855 2856 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used, 2857 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask. 2858 2859 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is 2860 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and 2861 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data 2862 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less 2863 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to 2864 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen 2865 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file 2866 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The 2867 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter 2868 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a 2869 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the 2870 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each 2871 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new 2872 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials 2873 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in 2874 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the 2875 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons 2876 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY 2877 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is 2878 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if 2879 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is 2880 automatically destroyed when the service stops. 2881 2882 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both 2883 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned 2884 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on 2885 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match 2886 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that 2887 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on 2888 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down 2889 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn 2890 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to 2891 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the 2892 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and 2893 --load-credential= command line switches that match the 2894 aforementioned service settings. 2895 2896 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in 2897 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS 2898 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are 2899 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the 2900 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the 2901 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted, 2902 and populated — there is no time window where they are 2903 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if 2904 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it 2905 will start from the beginning. 2906 2907 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If 2908 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized 2909 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to 2910 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images. 2911 2912 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name 2913 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink 2914 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been 2915 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink 2916 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service, 2917 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has 2918 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now 2919 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot 2920 on, including in the initrd. 2921 2922 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra= 2923 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP 2924 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the 2925 main one on 127.0.0.53:53. 2926 2927 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink 2928 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will 2929 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search 2930 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now 2931 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.". 2932 2933 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that 2934 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and 2935 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display 2936 this property in its status output. 2937 2938 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "." 2939 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns 2940 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the 2941 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to 2942 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave 2943 more similarly to nss-resolve. 2944 2945 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of 2946 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the 2947 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and 2948 ctime. 2949 2950 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known 2951 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel. 2952 2953 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and 2954 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before 2955 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch 2956 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders 2957 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without 2958 having to rebuild systemd. 2959 2960 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux 2961 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how 2962 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART 2963 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback 2964 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded 2965 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now 2966 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new 2967 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=. 2968 2969 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when 2970 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral", 2971 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is 2972 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily 2973 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding" 2974 hardlinks. 2975 2976 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new 2977 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on 2978 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise. 2979 2980 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly 2981 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the 2982 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing 2983 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections. 2984 2985 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP" 2986 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting. 2987 2988 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the 2989 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional, 2990 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or 2991 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated, 2992 but still accepted for backwards compatibility. 2993 2994 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and 2995 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and 2996 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards 2997 compatibility). 2998 2999 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation= 3000 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix 3001 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the 3002 prefix will be assigned. 3003 3004 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting 3005 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated 3006 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA). 3007 The setting is enabled by default. 3008 3009 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying 3010 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting. 3011 3012 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and 3013 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the 3014 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically 3015 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running 3016 services support this now, but ideally all system services would 3017 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly 3018 debuggable. 3019 3020 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new 3021 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number 3022 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the 3023 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged. 3024 3025 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a 3026 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit). 3027 3028 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or 3029 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying 3030 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the 3031 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for 3032 environments where the root file system is 3033 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined 3034 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor. 3035 3036 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary 3037 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to 3038 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to 3039 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go 3040 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their 3041 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of 3042 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to 3043 later). 3044 3045 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools 3046 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when 3047 working with heavily threaded programs. 3048 3049 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will 3050 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments 3051 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not 3052 desirable. 3053 3054 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl) 3055 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less" 3056 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is 3057 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager, 3058 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new 3059 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable. 3060 3061 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice, 3062 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings 3063 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and 3064 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure 3065 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd. 3066 3067 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource 3068 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI 3069 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory 3070 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only 3071 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be 3072 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option 3073 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility 3074 promises. 3075 3076 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state. 3077 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be 3078 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility 3079 promises. 3080 3081 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If 3082 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs 3083 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during 3084 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from 3085 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this 3086 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it 3087 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation 3088 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments 3089 that create all kinds of problems in the long run. 3090 3091 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When 3092 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are 3093 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that 3094 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated 3095 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for 3096 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition, 3097 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be 3098 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set 3099 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds. 3100 3101 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS 3102 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header= 3103 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same 3104 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files 3105 like this. 3106 3107 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN 3108 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge 3109 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the 3110 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device 3111 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI 3112 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that 3113 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming 3114 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the 3115 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter. 3116 3117 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards 3118 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the 3119 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot 3120 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently 3121 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a 3122 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the 3123 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once 3124 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first 3125 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook 3126 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot 3127 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before 3128 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot= 3129 appropriately. 3130 3131 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three 3132 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot 3133 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and 3134 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus 3135 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the 3136 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots. 3137 3138 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit 3139 contents in commented form in the text editor. 3140 3141 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices: 3142 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session), 3143 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice 3144 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are 3145 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and 3146 protections for the different slices in the future. 3147 3148 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr 3149 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined, 3150 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS 3151 image dissection logic. 3152 3153 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa 3154 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar 3155 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1, 3156 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep 3157 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann, 3158 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel 3159 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, 3160 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne 3161 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink, 3162 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz, 3163 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews, 3164 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler, 3165 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren, 3166 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan 3167 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert, 3168 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan 3169 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering, 3170 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc 3171 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000, 3172 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal 3173 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo 3174 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar 3175 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen, 3176 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing 3177 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter 3178 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C, 3179 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko, 3180 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer, 3181 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd, 3182 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi 3183 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck, 3184 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew 3185 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски 3186 3187 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26 3188 3189CHANGES WITH 246: 3190 3191 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units 3192 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs, 3193 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus. 3194 3195 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from 3196 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot. 3197 3198 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new 3199 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set 3200 based on the NUMA mask. 3201 3202 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a 3203 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using 3204 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of. 3205 3206 * Two new unit file settings 3207 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been 3208 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path 3209 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level 3210 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS). 3211 3212 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment= 3213 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This 3214 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a 3215 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user 3216 instance). 3217 3218 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which 3219 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the 3220 service's processes shall include. 3221 3222 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set 3223 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting 3224 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is 3225 available in /etc/fstab to control the same. 3226 3227 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If 3228 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all 3229 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls 3230 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options, 3231 depending on socket type. 3232 3233 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to 3234 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are 3235 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to 3236 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is 3237 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded 3238 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the 3239 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn 3240 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with 3241 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image 3242 doesn't contain the verity data itself. 3243 3244 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes 3245 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified 3246 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This 3247 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in 3248 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels 3249 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to 3250 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for 3251 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup. 3252 3253 * .service unit files gained two new options 3254 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to 3255 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to 3256 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL. 3257 3258 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with 3259 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal 3260 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b 3261 prefix is used. 3262 3263 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that 3264 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to 3265 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream 3266 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from 3267 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular 3268 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or 3269 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted 3270 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's 3271 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as 3272 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM 3273 key/certificate parameters support this now. 3274 3275 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other 3276 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new 3277 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W 3278 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to 3279 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in 3280 the kernel truncated at the first dot. 3281 3282 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The 3283 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about 3284 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's 3285 finally gone now. 3286 3287 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support 3288 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed 3289 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used, 3290 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically. 3291 3292 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning 3293 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless 3294 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose 3295 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped 3296 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user 3297 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get 3298 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files, 3299 which is quite likely a major security problem. 3300 3301 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm, 3302 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for 3303 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note 3304 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change 3305 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm. 3306 3307 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and 3308 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now 3309 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be 3310 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf 3311 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there). 3312 3313 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added 3314 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during 3315 boot. 3316 3317 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been 3318 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are 3319 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for 3320 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data 3321 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per 3322 device. 3323 3324 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been 3325 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap 3326 devices listed in /etc/fstab. 3327 3328 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and 3329 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the 3330 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot= 3331 conditions. 3332 3333 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added 3334 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs 3335 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful 3336 in order to make test cases more reliable. 3337 3338 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows 3339 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving 3340 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of 3341 the process that faulted. 3342 3343 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is 3344 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore 3345 generation for collection with systemd-pstore. 3346 3347 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB 3348 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this 3349 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by 3350 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action 3351 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries). 3352 3353 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database 3354 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that 3355 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by 3356 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see 3357 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb). 3358 3359 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well 3360 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=. 3361 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main 3362 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal 3363 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging. 3364 3365 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=, 3366 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in 3367 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained 3368 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo 3369 frame ring buffer sizes. 3370 3371 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If 3372 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools. 3373 3374 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section 3375 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices. 3376 3377 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a 3378 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is 3379 automatically assigned to the interface. 3380 3381 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which 3382 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section 3383 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting 3384 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that 3385 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If 3386 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired 3387 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the 3388 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation 3389 mode for Assign=. 3390 3391 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting 3392 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local 3393 source addresses. 3394 3395 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing 3396 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and 3397 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may 3398 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in 3399 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake" 3400 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and 3401 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO], 3402 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF" 3403 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and 3404 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass]. 3405 3406 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the 3407 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also 3408 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only 3409 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise 3410 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network 3411 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have 3412 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects. 3413 3414 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=. 3415 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an 3416 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M' 3417 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option 3418 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if 3419 the RA packets suggest it. 3420 3421 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway= 3422 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided 3423 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be 3424 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option. 3425 3426 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new 3427 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor 3428 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section 3429 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP 3430 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options 3431 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class 3432 field. 3433 3434 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options 3435 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server 3436 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also 3437 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage 3438 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP 3439 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files. 3440 3441 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source' 3442 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=. 3443 3444 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting 3445 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of 3446 the VLAN protocol to use. 3447 3448 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section 3449 of the .network files, to control the link group. 3450 3451 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new 3452 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6 3453 link local address is generated. 3454 3455 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP 3456 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will 3457 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is 3458 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network 3459 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by 3460 carefully picking an interface name to use. 3461 3462 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric= 3463 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server. 3464 3465 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass= 3466 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server. 3467 3468 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and 3469 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names 3470 are still understood to provide compatibility. 3471 3472 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP 3473 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output 3474 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an 3475 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific 3476 interfaces up or down. 3477 3478 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a 3479 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host 3480 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match 3481 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an 3482 interface may be specified (after "%"). 3483 3484 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names. 3485 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where 3486 public DNS servers are not used. 3487 3488 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation. 3489 3490 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new 3491 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are 3492 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf 3493 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to 3494 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as 3495 defined by systemd-resolved). 3496 3497 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output 3498 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by 3499 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable. 3500 3501 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value 3502 --property=…". 3503 3504 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide 3505 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column, 3506 use --plain. 3507 3508 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=". 3509 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now 3510 being deprecated in favor of this option. 3511 3512 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the 3513 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run 3514 process itself. 3515 3516 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields 3517 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened 3518 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means 3519 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable 3520 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean 3521 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this 3522 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated 3523 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl 3524 implementations. 3525 3526 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for 3527 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is 3528 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support 3529 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since 3530 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks, 3531 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages 3532 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by 3533 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's 3534 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag. 3535 3536 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to 3537 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during 3538 initialization. 3539 3540 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines 3541 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the 3542 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field. 3543 3544 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal 3545 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally 3546 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields 3547 without any decoration. 3548 3549 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions: 3550 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and 3551 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their 3552 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items 3553 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation 3554 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such), 3555 3556 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in 3557 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the 3558 coredump data from. 3559 3560 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using 3561 the zstd algorithm. 3562 3563 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all 3564 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at 3565 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will 3566 not block clean file system unmounting. 3567 3568 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self", 3569 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the 3570 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it. 3571 3572 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call 3573 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already 3574 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to 3575 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked. 3576 3577 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for 3578 configuring an exit-on-idle time. 3579 3580 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If 3581 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the 3582 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size= 3583 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in 3584 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These 3585 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images 3586 instead of operating on actual block devices. 3587 3588 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control 3589 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition. 3590 3591 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M 3592 instead of 0. 3593 3594 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple 3595 specifier expansion. 3596 3597 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file 3598 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled 3599 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when 3600 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be 3601 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl. 3602 3603 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will 3604 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the 3605 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default 3606 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via 3607 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file. 3608 3609 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2 3610 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition 3611 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking 3612 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both 3613 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's 3614 --fido2-device= option. 3615 3616 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters: 3617 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token 3618 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for 3619 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of 3620 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new 3621 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for 3622 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices. 3623 3624 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument 3625 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now 3626 changed from ext2 to ext4. 3627 3628 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the 3629 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if 3630 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key 3631 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased 3632 before the system continues to boot. 3633 3634 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If 3635 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to 3636 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for 3637 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot 3638 instead of at installation time. 3639 3640 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock 3641 volumes with automatically from files in 3642 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and 3643 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist. 3644 3645 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via 3646 /etc/crypttab, during boot. 3647 3648 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to 3649 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs 3650 instance. 3651 3652 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It 3653 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and 3654 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are 3655 started automatically as part of the desktop session. 3656 3657 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used 3658 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag. 3659 3660 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may 3661 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It 3662 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like 3663 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as 3664 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset 3665 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch 3666 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new 3667 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with 3668 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool 3669 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely 3670 incremental). 3671 3672 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is 3673 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on 3674 which it then operates. 3675 3676 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a 3677 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary 3678 directories for various resources. 3679 3680 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h 3681 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify() 3682 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful 3683 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the 3684 time a notification message is processed by the service manager, 3685 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will 3686 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again 3687 via the new --no-block switch. 3688 3689 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep 3690 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0 3691 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from 3692 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the 3693 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for 3694 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that 3695 case. 3696 3697 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call 3698 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show 3699 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar 3700 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1. 3701 3702 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take 3703 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now 3704 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make 3705 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want 3706 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus. 3707 3708 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET 3709 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks 3710 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted 3711 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the 3712 vtable is associated with. 3713 3714 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions: 3715 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() + 3716 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will 3717 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts. 3718 3719 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(), 3720 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros 3721 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals. 3722 3723 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed. 3724 3725 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that 3726 document the methods, signals and properties. 3727 3728 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in 3729 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be 3730 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added; 3731 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in 3732 desktops has been added: 3733 3734 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES 3735 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED 3736 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS 3737 3738 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated 3739 and has now moved to: 3740 3741 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT 3742 3743 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE) 3744 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose 3745 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container 3746 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the 3747 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a 3748 standardized way to expose information about the host to the 3749 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn. 3750 3751 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic 3752 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level + 3753 target of the service during runtime. 3754 3755 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been 3756 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the 3757 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference. 3758 3759 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander 3760 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird, 3761 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain, 3762 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji 3763 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg, 3764 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian 3765 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy, 3766 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan, 3767 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David 3768 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri 3769 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel 3770 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin, 3771 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger, 3772 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui, 3773 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius 3774 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de 3775 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan 3776 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy 3777 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg 3778 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin 3779 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard, 3780 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas 3781 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej 3782 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc 3783 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim 3784 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels, 3785 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, 3786 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys, 3787 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert 3788 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter 3789 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross 3790 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian 3791 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas 3792 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes, 3793 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo, 3794 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal 3795 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew 3796 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб 3797 3798 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30 3799 3800CHANGES WITH 245: 3801 3802 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an 3803 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables. 3804 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be 3805 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition 3806 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing 3807 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative 3808 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental, 3809 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and 3810 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized 3811 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying 3812 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example, 3813 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a 3814 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be 3815 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with 3816 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is 3817 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before 3818 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the 3819 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing 3820 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional 3821 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no 3822 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken. 3823 3824 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon 3825 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework 3826 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format, 3827 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group" 3828 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to 3829 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and 3830 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and 3831 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime 3832 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the 3833 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating 3834 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be 3835 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that 3836 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so 3837 that for the first time resource management and various other 3838 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then 3839 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system) 3840 to apply on login. For further details see: 3841 3842 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD 3843 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD 3844 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API 3845 3846 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be 3847 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption. 3848 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory, 3849 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary 3850 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories, 3851 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of 3852 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in 3853 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of 3854 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019: 3855 3856 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories 3857 3858 For further details about the format and expectations on home 3859 directories this new daemon makes, see: 3860 3861 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY 3862 3863 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main 3864 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit 3865 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named 3866 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the 3867 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added, 3868 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified 3869 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own 3870 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve 3871 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of 3872 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a 3873 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk 3874 usage limitations and other settings. 3875 3876 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a 3877 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained 3878 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific 3879 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on 3880 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means 3881 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on 3882 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing 3883 resource usage. 3884 3885 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it 3886 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database. 3887 3888 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot 3889 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should 3890 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the 3891 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is 3892 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file. 3893 3894 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now 3895 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in 3896 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1 3897 itself and the default for all other processes. 3898 3899 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or 3900 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that 3901 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new 3902 database into account. 3903 3904 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and 3905 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of 3906 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors 3907 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console. 3908 3909 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd" 3910 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors 3911 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes 3912 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's 3913 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process 3914 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope 3915 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this 3916 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches 3917 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play 3918 together nicely with pidfds yet.) 3919 3920 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls 3921 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a 3922 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for 3923 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the 3924 event source watching it is freed). 3925 3926 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter 3927 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly, 3928 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay 3929 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added. 3930 3931 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block 3932 (IFB) network devices. 3933 3934 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes, 3935 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section. 3936 3937 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new 3938 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done 3939 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is 3940 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained 3941 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the 3942 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases. 3943 3944 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of 3945 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=, 3946 with its sense inverted. 3947 3948 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained 3949 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured 3950 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP. 3951 3952 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented 3953 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure 3954 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively. 3955 3956 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to 3957 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for 3958 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether 3959 to be used. 3960 3961 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a 3962 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from 3963 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for 3964 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag 3965 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods 3966 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of 3967 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive". 3968 3969 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the 3970 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for 3971 debugging purposes. 3972 3973 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary 3974 group named differently than the user. 3975 3976 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab) 3977 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported 3978 only ext4 and btrfs partitions. 3979 3980 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If 3981 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the 3982 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in 3983 /etc/fstab. 3984 3985 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted 3986 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind 3987 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new 3988 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab. 3989 3990 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options 3991 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units 3992 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of 3993 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target. 3994 3995 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly 3996 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd 3997 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias 3998 Bernard. 3999 4000 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network 4001 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first 4002 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network 4003 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names 4004 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This 4005 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and 4006 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have 4007 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever 4008 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate 4009 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container 4010 veth links based on the full container name without truncation. 4011 4012 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way 4013 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style 4014 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a 4015 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to 4016 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since 4017 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if 4018 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by 4019 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel 4020 command line option. 4021 4022 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the 4023 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager. 4024 4025 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that 4026 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device 4027 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the 4028 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities. 4029 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services 4030 that allow changing the clock, for example access to 4031 systemd-timedated. 4032 4033 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or 4034 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly 4035 GPT partition table types. 4036 4037 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support 4038 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been 4039 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see: 4040 4041 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS 4042 4043 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column 4044 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files 4045 for the respective units. 4046 4047 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified 4048 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show 4049 all specified units along with all units they depend on. 4050 4051 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its 4052 "status" output. 4053 4054 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum 4055 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to 4056 disappear. 4057 4058 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new 4059 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the 4060 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC 4061 address is used. 4062 4063 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has 4064 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix 4065 dropped from the individual setting names. 4066 4067 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this 4068 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be 4069 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about 4070 such files in version 243. 4071 4072 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing 4073 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users 4074 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission. 4075 4076 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes 4077 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting 4078 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes. 4079 4080 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options 4081 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment 4082 with stopping and disablement. 4083 4084 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was 4085 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services 4086 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have 4087 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot 4088 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example 4089 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included 4090 some internal systemd services (most notably 4091 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have 4092 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that 4093 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to 4094 this systemd release. See 4095 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some 4096 additional discussion. 4097 4098 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita 4099 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis, 4100 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles 4101 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt, 4102 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, 4103 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David 4104 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin, 4105 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck 4106 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem 4107 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain 4108 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin 4109 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming, 4110 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca 4111 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew 4112 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike 4113 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange, 4114 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa 4115 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard, 4116 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain 4117 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas 4118 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser, 4119 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland 4120 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri 4121 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu 4122 DONG 4123 4124 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06 4125 4126CHANGES WITH 244: 4127 4128 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added. 4129 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new 4130 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new 4131 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting. 4132 4133 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may 4134 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This 4135 allows units which signals to request termination to implement 4136 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart. 4137 4138 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap 4139 units. 4140 4141 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable 4142 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when 4143 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration 4144 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to 4145 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to 4146 set the EFI variable. 4147 4148 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should 4149 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal 4150 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for 4151 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority 4152 and overrides the systemd setting. 4153 4154 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal 4155 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used 4156 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little 4157 effect.) 4158 4159 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form 4160 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration 4161 that affects all corresponding unit files. 4162 4163 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will 4164 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it. 4165 4166 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by 4167 the unit being shown. 4168 4169 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just 4170 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which 4171 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec= 4172 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration 4173 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins. 4174 4175 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to 4176 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services 4177 which need to use them. 4178 4179 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on 4180 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded 4181 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where 4182 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd 4183 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was 4184 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers 4185 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit 4186 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With 4187 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using 4188 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service. 4189 4190 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1 4191 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their 4192 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables. 4193 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known 4194 security tokens that were used previously. 4195 4196 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed 4197 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should 4198 improve power saving with many more devices. 4199 4200 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching 4201 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary. 4202 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported. 4203 4204 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their 4205 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to 4206 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of 4207 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open 4208 the device in exclusive mode as they should. 4209 4210 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local 4211 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was 4212 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being 4213 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested 4214 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes. 4215 4216 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address 4217 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled. 4218 4219 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with 4220 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings. 4221 4222 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new 4223 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is 4224 now supported. 4225 4226 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the 4227 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings. 4228 4229 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default 4230 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting). 4231 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true. 4232 4233 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option 4234 received from the server. 4235 4236 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is 4237 set. 4238 4239 The client may be configured to request specific options from the 4240 server using a new RequestOptions= setting. 4241 4242 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server 4243 using a new SendOption= setting. 4244 4245 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP 4246 service type" value used by the client. 4247 4248 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to 4249 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation. 4250 4251 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using 4252 a new SendOption= setting. 4253 4254 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using 4255 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings. 4256 4257 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand. 4258 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb. 4259 4260 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl 4261 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and 4262 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices. 4263 4264 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network, 4265 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID= 4266 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and 4267 BSSID for wireless links. 4268 4269 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the 4270 new WLANInterfaceType= option. 4271 4272 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables 4273 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network. 4274 4275 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing 4276 disciplines in the kernel using the new 4277 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=, 4278 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=, 4279 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=, 4280 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings. 4281 4282 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files. 4283 4284 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in 4285 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually, 4286 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration 4287 on its own). 4288 4289 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the 4290 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead 4291 of the present time. 4292 4293 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making 4294 reproducible image builds easier). 4295 4296 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader 4297 Specification. 4298 4299 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd 4300 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at 4301 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to 4302 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled. 4303 4304 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS 4305 is being used. 4306 4307 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required. 4308 4309 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH 4310 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same 4311 path as the system manager. 4312 4313 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for 4314 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical 4315 representation"). 4316 4317 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which 4318 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log 4319 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused 4320 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the 4321 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made 4322 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting 4323 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the 4324 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all. 4325 4326 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, 4327 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo 4328 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio 4329 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe, 4330 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David 4331 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald 4332 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger, 4333 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen 4334 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan 4335 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, 4336 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng, 4337 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering, 4338 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario 4339 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos, 4340 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar, 4341 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas 4342 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel, 4343 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, 4344 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan 4345 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage, 4346 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom 4347 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe, 4348 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 4349 4350 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29 4351 4352CHANGES WITH 243: 4353 4354 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither 4355 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests 4356 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux 4357 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This 4358 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was 4359 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for 4360 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be 4361 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0". 4362 4363 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the 4364 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate 4365 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since 4366 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to 4367 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default 4368 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole 4369 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14) 4370 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp 4371 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old 4372 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any 4373 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use 4374 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead 4375 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that 4376 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is 4377 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the 4378 documentation. 4379 4380 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to 4381 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up 4382 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and 4383 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly 4384 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility 4385 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to 4386 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in 4387 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but 4388 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides 4389 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as 4390 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded 4391 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively 4392 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been 4393 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID 4394 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits 4395 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability. 4396 4397 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts, 4398 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to 4399 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular 4400 subtree of the unit hierarchy. 4401 4402 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing 4403 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor. 4404 4405 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during 4406 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time 4407 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This 4408 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured 4409 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the 4410 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to 4411 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for 4412 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not 4413 caught up with the kernel API changes. 4414 4415 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already 4416 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When 4417 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson 4418 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate. 4419 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or 4420 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized 4421 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other 4422 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making 4423 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for 4424 packagers. 4425 4426 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and 4427 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.: 4428 4429 build/man/man systemctl 4430 build/man/html systemd.index 4431 4432 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed. 4433 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred. 4434 4435 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on 4436 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native 4437 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface. 4438 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by 4439 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on). 4440 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary. 4441 4442 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and 4443 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of 4444 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be 4445 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on 4446 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on 4447 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the 4448 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new 4449 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very 4450 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be 4451 unambiguously distinguished. 4452 4453 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in 4454 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was 4455 very rarely used. 4456 4457 To replace this functionality, users should: 4458 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target 4459 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service) 4460 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/ 4461 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and 4462 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8). 4463 4464 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains 4465 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match 4466 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all 4467 interfaces should really be matched. 4468 4469 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory 4470 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in 4471 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for 4472 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service 4473 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node 4474 mask that should be associated with the selected policy. 4475 4476 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel 4477 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits, 4478 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or 4479 stop the whole unit. 4480 4481 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO 4482 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl 4483 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover, 4484 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message 4485 generated whenever a unit stops. 4486 4487 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed 4488 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously, 4489 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too — 4490 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=. 4491 4492 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with 4493 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus 4494 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog 4495 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall 4496 be handled the same way as watchdog events. 4497 4498 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and 4499 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program 4500 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/) 4501 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a 4502 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF 4503 programs set up externally. 4504 4505 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache, 4506 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The 4507 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for 4508 timer units that have Persistent= configured. 4509 4510 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically 4511 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so 4512 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are 4513 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during 4514 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to 4515 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that 4516 time and thus nothing is written to disk. 4517 4518 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit 4519 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make 4520 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed, 4521 as before. 4522 4523 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight 4524 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where 4525 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs 4526 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular 4527 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable 4528 links on terminals that support that. 4529 4530 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during 4531 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be 4532 unmounted safely during shutdown. 4533 4534 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode. 4535 4536 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has 4537 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously, 4538 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the 4539 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are 4540 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers. 4541 The default remains unchanged. 4542 4543 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports 4544 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices. 4545 4546 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD 4547 udev property. 4548 4549 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry. 4550 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set 4551 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option. 4552 4553 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm 4554 interfaces natively. 4555 4556 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a 4557 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the 4558 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is 4559 associated with (AssociatedWith=). 4560 4561 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts= 4562 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It 4563 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a 4564 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well 4565 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP 4566 RELEASE message when terminating. 4567 4568 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured 4569 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections. 4570 4571 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an 4572 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in 4573 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should 4574 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on 4575 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other 4576 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on 4577 with the new RoutesToDNS= option. 4578 4579 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option 4580 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol 4581 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP 4582 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been 4583 added to the GENEVE support. 4584 4585 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure 4586 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as 4587 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL 4588 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast, 4589 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too. 4590 4591 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option 4592 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route 4593 onto the network device. 4594 4595 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP= 4596 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as 4597 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new 4598 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast 4599 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version. 4600 4601 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure 4602 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option 4603 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port. 4604 4605 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for 4606 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support. 4607 4608 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new 4609 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section. 4610 4611 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network 4612 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device 4613 statistics. 4614 4615 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and 4616 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The 4617 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'. 4618 4619 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more 4620 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices. 4621 4622 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property= 4623 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with 4624 specific udev properties. 4625 4626 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option 4627 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device 4628 "lo" as underlying device. 4629 4630 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has 4631 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of 4632 IP addresses, too. 4633 4634 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is 4635 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if 4636 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given 4637 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise. 4638 4639 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was 4640 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries. 4641 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one 4642 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr. 4643 4644 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate 4645 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on 4646 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut. 4647 4648 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated, 4649 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more 4650 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place. 4651 4652 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs: 4653 4654 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is 4655 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which 4656 does the same for recurring calendar events. 4657 4658 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e. 4659 durations as opposed to points in time). 4660 4661 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ= 4662 expressions. 4663 4664 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status 4665 codes to their names and back. 4666 4667 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit 4668 file paths and unit aliases. 4669 4670 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and 4671 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR" 4672 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be 4673 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above. 4674 4675 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call, 4676 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel 4677 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this 4678 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds" 4679 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership. 4680 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness 4681 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or 4682 udev rules for that purpose. 4683 4684 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for 4685 a device to be initialized. 4686 4687 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on 4688 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be 4689 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device. 4690 4691 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for 4692 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A 4693 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use 4694 with gcc's cleanup extension. 4695 4696 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition 4697 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format 4698 with printf(). 4699 4700 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping 4701 XML introspection data unmodified. 4702 4703 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description 4704 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in 4705 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the 4706 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=. 4707 4708 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in 4709 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots. 4710 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular 4711 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in 4712 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some 4713 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be 4714 configured to handle the watchdog. 4715 4716 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to 4717 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The 4718 old name is still accepted for compatibility. 4719 4720 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally 4721 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a 4722 different tty to be selected than the built-in default. 4723 4724 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run 4725 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for 4726 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed 4727 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit 4728 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination). 4729 4730 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data 4731 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later 4732 review. 4733 4734 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP 4735 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd. 4736 4737 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's 4738 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.) 4739 4740 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any 4741 failures to apply them are now ignored. 4742 4743 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when 4744 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to 4745 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the 4746 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats. 4747 4748 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full 4749 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require 4750 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this 4751 service. 4752 4753 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain 4754 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot 4755 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed 4756 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to 4757 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool 4758 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows 4759 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from 4760 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool 4761 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care 4762 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images 4763 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether 4764 a seed was received from the boot loader. 4765 4766 * bootctl gained two new verbs: 4767 4768 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI 4769 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described 4770 above. 4771 4772 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently 4773 installed. 4774 4775 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured 4776 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the 4777 bootloader entry). 4778 4779 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support 4780 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem: 4781 4782 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS 4783 4784 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the 4785 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available 4786 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured 4787 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free 4788 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority. 4789 4790 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device 4791 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a 4792 device with an encryption key before asking for the password. 4793 4794 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the 4795 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+. 4796 4797 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues: 4798 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see 4799 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports. 4800 4801 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht 4802 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey, 4803 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris 4804 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy, 4805 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan 4806 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi 4807 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas 4808 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor, 4809 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui, 4810 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López 4811 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob 4812 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan 4813 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen, 4814 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, 4815 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski, 4816 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy, 4817 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca 4818 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt, 4819 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, 4820 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný, 4821 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85, 4822 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE, 4823 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert 4824 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer, 4825 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant 4826 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud 4827 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala, 4828 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann, 4829 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan, 4830 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei 4831 4832 – Camerino, 2019-09-03 4833 4834CHANGES WITH 242: 4835 4836 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed 4837 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and 4838 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information, 4839 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC 4840 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled 4841 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more 4842 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy. 4843 4844 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and 4845 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired. 4846 4847 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to 4848 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used. 4849 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>` 4850 may be used to view this. 4851 4852 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains 4853 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC. 4854 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file: 4855 ``` 4856 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link 4857 [Match] 4858 Type=bridge 4859 4860 [Link] 4861 MACAddressPolicy=none 4862 ``` 4863 4864 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other 4865 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit 4866 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device 4867 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please 4868 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in 4869 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which 4870 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started. 4871 4872 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network 4873 interface names to match against all existing interfaces. 4874 4875 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path 4876 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service. 4877 4878 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS 4879 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback. 4880 4881 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically 4882 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system 4883 is a USB peripheral). 4884 4885 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period 4886 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is 4887 measured. 4888 4889 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services 4890 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would 4891 have privileges to do so). 4892 4893 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a 4894 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a 4895 Linux network namespace pseudo-file. 4896 4897 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now 4898 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is 4899 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host 4900 namespace. 4901 4902 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':' 4903 in which case environment variable substitution is 4904 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.) 4905 4906 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and 4907 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the 4908 system clock is changed or the local timezone is 4909 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily 4910 accessible from the command line for transient timers. 4911 4912 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be 4913 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system 4914 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on 4915 installed CPU cores. 4916 4917 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter= 4918 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in 4919 kernel 4.15. 4920 4921 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system 4922 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The 4923 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has 4924 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where 4925 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target. 4926 4927 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new 4928 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all 4929 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown. 4930 4931 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used 4932 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a 4933 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational 4934 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the 4935 enslaved devices is not operational. 4936 4937 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving 4938 networks configured even if the carrier is lost. 4939 4940 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a 4941 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered 4942 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this 4943 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state= 4944 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to 4945 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface. 4946 4947 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting 4948 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them. 4949 4950 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels. 4951 4952 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix= 4953 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6 4954 Router Advertisements to be ignored. 4955 4956 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network 4957 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour. 4958 4959 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to 4960 configure CAN triple sampling. 4961 4962 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be 4963 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface. 4964 4965 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and 4966 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling 4967 details. 4968 4969 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a 4970 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude 4971 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example 4972 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user, 4973 which might create files with really old timestamps, which 4974 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see: 4975 4976 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES 4977 4978 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the 4979 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5), 4980 controlling project quota inheritance. 4981 4982 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader 4983 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in 4984 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi. 4985 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images 4986 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions. 4987 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader 4988 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for 4989 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more 4990 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the 4991 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate 4992 partition. 4993 4994 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the 4995 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up 4996 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a 4997 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not 4998 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot. 4999 5000 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile 5001 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch. 5002 5003 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new 5004 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most 5005 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of 5006 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not 5007 be used in production yet. 5008 5009 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI 5010 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files: 5011 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file 5012 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard 5013 input, output, and error are set up. 5014 5015 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals. 5016 5017 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display 5018 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user 5019 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc. 5020 5021 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter 5022 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations 5023 the specified expression will elapse next. 5024 5025 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the 5026 introspection data. 5027 5028 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter" 5029 the reboot() system call expects. 5030 5031 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file 5032 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which 5033 the updated cursor should be stored at the end. 5034 5035 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now 5036 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in 5037 ConditionVirtualization=). 5038 5039 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment 5040 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP, 5041 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and 5042 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either 5043 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to 5044 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of 5045 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence 5046 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup, 5047 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and 5048 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative 5049 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs 5050 during reboot with their own operations. 5051 5052 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu 5053 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and 5054 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a 5055 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.) 5056 5057 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output 5058 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader 5059 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory 5060 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified 5061 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation. 5062 5063 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support 5064 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2). 5065 5066 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create 5067 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service, 5068 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service, 5069 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target, 5070 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service 5071 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make 5072 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not 5073 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is 5074 recommended after the first installation of systemd. 5075 5076 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that 5077 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is 5078 prohibited. 5079 5080 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now 5081 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens 5082 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create 5083 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given 5084 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was 5085 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is 5086 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted 5087 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users. 5088 5089 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin, 5090 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani, 5091 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin, 5092 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black, 5093 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny 5094 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, 5095 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun 5096 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski, 5097 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart 5098 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias 5099 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal 5100 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone, 5101 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan 5102 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant 5103 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo 5104 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi 5105 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu, 5106 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 5107 5108 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11 5109 5110CHANGES WITH 241: 5111 5112 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise, 5113 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8, 5114 en_US.UTF-8, and C). 5115 5116 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the 5117 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified 5118 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to 5119 include the package release information. 5120 5121 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams 5122 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority= 5123 option. 5124 5125 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which 5126 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the 5127 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864). 5128 5129 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd 5130 again. 5131 5132 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files, 5133 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration 5134 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name 5135 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again. 5136 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before 5137 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy 5138 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this 5139 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will 5140 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been 5141 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in 5142 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes 5143 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user 5144 installed .link files to *not* include it. 5145 5146 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be 5147 "persistent", now works again as documented. 5148 5149 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more 5150 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins. 5151 5152 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service 5153 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially 5154 used for side-channel attacks. 5155 5156 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify 5157 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent 5158 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49. 5159 5160 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were 5161 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are 5162 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the 5163 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards 5164 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the 5165 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file: 5166 5167 fs.protected_regular = 0 5168 fs.protected_fifos = 0 5169 5170 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been 5171 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise. 5172 5173 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now 5174 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of 5175 POSIX shells. 5176 5177 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor 5178 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment. 5179 5180 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only 5181 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists 5182 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems 5183 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount 5184 points but otherwise empty. 5185 5186 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated 5187 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines 5188 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one. 5189 5190 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a 5191 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting. 5192 5193 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting 5194 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized. 5195 5196 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer, 5197 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris 5198 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele 5199 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri 5200 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe 5201 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede, 5202 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan 5203 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost 5204 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor, 5205 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, 5206 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike 5207 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen, 5208 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger 5209 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel, 5210 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi 5211 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew 5212 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски 5213 5214 — Berlin, 2019-02-14 5215 5216CHANGES WITH 240: 5217 5218 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services 5219 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to 5220 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label 5221 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but 5222 an SELinux policy update is required. 5223 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.) 5224 5225 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service, 5226 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was 5227 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service, 5228 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups 5229 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created 5230 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators 5231 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need 5232 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd. 5233 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from 5234 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock. 5235 5236 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would 5237 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the 5238 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other 5239 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths 5240 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a 5241 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories 5242 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully 5243 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as 5244 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from 5245 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not 5246 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in 5247 the search path. 5248 5249 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to 5250 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork() 5251 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding 5252 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager 5253 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution 5254 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example, 5255 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary 5256 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be 5257 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete 5258 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence 5259 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type 5260 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the 5261 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the 5262 start job. 5263 5264 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the 5265 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services 5266 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner 5267 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then 5268 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done 5269 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances 5270 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple" 5271 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular, 5272 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk) 5273 we will continue to default to Type=simple. 5274 5275 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for 5276 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096 5277 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all 5278 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit 5279 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's 5280 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file 5281 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that 5282 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the 5283 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >= 5284 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in 5285 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus 5286 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of 5287 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer 5288 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular 5289 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor 5290 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent 5291 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper 5292 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that 5293 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into 5294 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of 5295 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use 5296 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or 5297 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on). 5298 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to 5299 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used 5300 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new 5301 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very 5302 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates 5303 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor 5304 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory 5305 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K 5306 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications 5307 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large 5308 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix 5309 Java.) 5310 5311 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped 5312 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file 5313 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as 5314 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on 5315 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open, 5316 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two, 5317 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options 5318 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false) 5319 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be 5320 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel. 5321 5322 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings 5323 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default, 5324 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various 5325 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream 5326 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8 5327 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018. 5328 5329 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by 5330 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering 5331 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts 5332 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g. 5333 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet). 5334 5335 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl: 5336 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt 5337 5338 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been 5339 reverted. 5340 5341 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using 5342 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting 5343 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller. 5344 5345 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree 5346 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive. 5347 5348 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies 5349 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes 5350 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line. 5351 5352 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the 5353 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This 5354 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new 5355 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new 5356 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O 5357 latency. 5358 5359 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart 5360 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller. 5361 5362 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It 5363 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the 5364 instance part of a unit name. 5365 5366 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to 5367 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair 5368 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout() 5369 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to 5370 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents 5371 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the 5372 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may 5373 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically 5374 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited. 5375 5376 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now 5377 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new 5378 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to 5379 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly. 5380 5381 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for 5382 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service 5383 to a file, and appending to it. 5384 5385 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now 5386 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now 5387 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the 5388 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice. 5389 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a 5390 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=). 5391 5392 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in 5393 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is 5394 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without 5395 having to touch C code. 5396 5397 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values 5398 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%'). 5399 5400 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for 5401 DNS-over-TLS. 5402 5403 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new 5404 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and 5405 honoring /etc/hosts entries. 5406 5407 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl 5408 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait 5409 until the system finished start-up. 5410 5411 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID. 5412 5413 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor 5414 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that 5415 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This 5416 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests 5417 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not 5418 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate 5419 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.) 5420 5421 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP 5422 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= 5423 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The 5424 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=, 5425 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad 5426 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic 5427 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new 5428 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid 5429 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=, 5430 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained 5431 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained 5432 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries. 5433 5434 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to 5435 instantiate services. 5436 5437 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure 5438 the sector size for an encrypted partition. 5439 5440 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted 5441 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file 5442 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file. 5443 5444 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as 5445 it is neither used nor maintained. 5446 5447 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, 5448 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a 5449 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment 5450 variables containing the full paths of these directories. 5451 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY, 5452 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options 5453 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per 5454 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and 5455 separated by colons. 5456 5457 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand 5458 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix. 5459 5460 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in 5461 which case the respective line failing is ignored. 5462 5463 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the 5464 "ethtool advertise" commands. 5465 5466 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an 5467 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal 5468 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed 5469 directly. 5470 5471 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific() 5472 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how 5473 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine 5474 ID. 5475 5476 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine 5477 and generate various 128bit IDs. 5478 5479 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL= 5480 and LOGO=. 5481 5482 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume" 5483 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming 5484 from any hibernated image. 5485 5486 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options 5487 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=, 5488 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the 5489 kernel exports them. 5490 5491 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to 5492 /usr/bin/. 5493 5494 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot" 5495 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either 5496 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only 5497 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders 5498 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is 5499 now documented here: 5500 5501 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE 5502 5503 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now 5504 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1 5505 installs during early boot. 5506 5507 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method 5508 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON. 5509 5510 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as 5511 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output. 5512 5513 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX 5514 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing 5515 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID. 5516 5517 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option 5518 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how 5519 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user 5520 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the 5521 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be 5522 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between 5523 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also 5524 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating 5525 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system 5526 is on AC power. 5527 5528 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which 5529 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries 5530 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented 5531 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details 5532 see: 5533 5534 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT 5535 5536 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two 5537 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate 5538 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user 5539 and container environments. 5540 5541 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options 5542 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the 5543 exit status to use as service manager exit status when 5544 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force. 5545 5546 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service 5547 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by 5548 journald per-service. 5549 5550 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and 5551 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us"). 5552 5553 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the 5554 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an 5555 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit 5556 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them. 5557 5558 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls 5559 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined 5560 groups. 5561 5562 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the 5563 --ephemeral command line switch. 5564 5565 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and 5566 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific 5567 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop 5568 object itself. 5569 5570 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all 5571 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is 5572 not unloaded). 5573 5574 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as 5575 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as 5576 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used. 5577 5578 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed 5579 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages 5580 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable, 5581 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the 5582 "dead" state on success. 5583 5584 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring 5585 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is 5586 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the 5587 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell 5588 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the 5589 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect 5590 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the 5591 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and 5592 well-defined system service context. 5593 5594 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree 5595 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported 5596 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS 5597 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up. 5598 5599 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back 5600 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will 5601 continue to be used. 5602 5603 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will 5604 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in 5605 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers 5606 for example: 5607 5608 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"' 5609 5610 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified 5611 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning 5612 the command line's exit code. 5613 5614 * The block device locking logic is now documented: 5615 5616 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING 5617 5618 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in 5619 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar 5620 support to systemctl and all other commands. 5621 5622 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit 5623 name as argument. 5624 5625 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new 5626 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to 5627 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing 5628 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic 5629 is improved. 5630 5631 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and 5632 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to 5633 initialize one to all 0xFF. 5634 5635 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel 5636 all files and directories listed in 5637 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple 5638 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already 5639 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is 5640 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are 5641 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before 5642 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host 5643 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during 5644 the transition to the host OS. 5645 5646 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding 5647 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always 5648 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed 5649 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to 5650 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic 5651 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is 5652 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a 5653 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment 5654 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD) 5655 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is 5656 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not 5657 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed 5658 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where 5659 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting 5660 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when 5661 these are opened they don't work. 5662 5663 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing 5664 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly 5665 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback 5666 logic works again. 5667 5668 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change 5669 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an 5670 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been 5671 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to 5672 ignore it. 5673 5674 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported 5675 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by 5676 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other 5677 commands. 5678 5679 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by 5680 pam_systemd anymore. 5681 5682 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename 5683 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel" 5684 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming 5685 policy took effect. 5686 5687 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and 5688 python-3.5. 5689 5690 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander 5691 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson, 5692 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov, 5693 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt 5694 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen 5695 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius 5696 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn 5697 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner, 5698 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David 5699 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus, 5700 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters, 5701 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad, 5702 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank 5703 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe 5704 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit 5705 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan 5706 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld, 5707 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi 5708 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens, 5709 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi, 5710 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry 5711 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz 5712 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier, 5713 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin 5714 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko 5715 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck, 5716 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, 5717 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal 5718 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal 5719 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby, 5720 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł 5721 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller, 5722 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, 5723 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam 5724 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher, 5725 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee 5726 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen 5727 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim, 5728 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas 5729 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias 5730 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore 5731 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech 5732 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward, 5733 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe, 5734 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein 5735 5736 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21 5737 5738CHANGES WITH 239: 5739 5740 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id" 5741 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous 5742 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR 5743 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have 5744 a slot number associated. 5745 5746 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent 5747 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device 5748 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely 5749 independent. 5750 5751 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the 5752 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those 5753 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used. 5754 5755 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI 5756 network controller device does not have an associated slot number 5757 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were 5758 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used. 5759 5760 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in 5761 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to 5762 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of 5763 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or 5764 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a 5765 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to 5766 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services, 5767 e.g. NIS. 5768 5769 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple 5770 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the 5771 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or 5772 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it 5773 may be necessary to update the file. 5774 5775 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service 5776 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on 5777 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units 5778 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was 5779 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the 5780 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the 5781 documentation. 5782 5783 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters 5784 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will 5785 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for 5786 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way 5787 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines 5788 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access 5789 them. 5790 5791 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with 5792 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive 5793 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo 5794 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove 5795 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc. 5796 5797 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will 5798 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as 5799 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For 5800 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions 5801 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the 5802 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature 5803 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap, 5804 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules. 5805 5806 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn 5807 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as 5808 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better 5809 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader 5810 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly. 5811 5812 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still 5813 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in 5814 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple 5815 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by 5816 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented. 5817 5818 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set 5819 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are 5820 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore. 5821 5822 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules 5823 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid() 5824 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for 5825 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS 5826 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since 5827 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the 5828 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to 5829 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in 5830 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start 5831 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which 5832 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are 5833 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the 5834 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be 5835 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking 5836 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure 5837 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config 5838 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd 5839 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself 5840 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users 5841 from. 5842 5843 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also 5844 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its 5845 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl 5846 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl. 5847 5848 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf' 5849 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in 5850 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the 5851 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool. 5852 5853 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode 5854 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and 5855 hibernates again. 5856 5857 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If 5858 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier. 5859 5860 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and 5861 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user 5862 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration. 5863 5864 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a 5865 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold 5866 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold 5867 was not configurable and set to 512. 5868 5869 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may 5870 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide 5871 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also 5872 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid 5873 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers. 5874 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure 5875 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools, 5876 in particular su and sudo. 5877 5878 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If 5879 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time 5880 synchronization has been received from the network. This 5881 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is 5882 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network 5883 services. 5884 5885 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image 5886 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap 5887 files should work for hibernation now. 5888 5889 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files 5890 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name 5891 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in 5892 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in 5893 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the 5894 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows 5895 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at 5896 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their 5897 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other 5898 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once, 5899 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with 5900 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit 5901 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit 5902 name following the last dash. 5903 5904 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier 5905 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will 5906 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary 5907 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either 5908 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units). 5909 5910 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to 5911 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the 5912 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's 5913 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path 5914 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to 5915 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files. 5916 5917 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a 5918 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it 5919 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined 5920 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines). 5921 5922 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to 5923 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name 5924 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the 5925 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable 5926 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb. 5927 5928 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that 5929 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators 5930 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can 5931 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the 5932 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators 5933 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the 5934 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is 5935 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which 5936 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this 5937 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new 5938 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY 5939 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see: 5940 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda 5941 5942 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for 5943 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes= 5944 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for 5945 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP 5946 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained 5947 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN 5948 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be 5949 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast= 5950 settings. 5951 5952 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route 5953 expiration feature, if it is available. 5954 5955 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and 5956 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=, 5957 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings. 5958 5959 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its 5960 limited support in hardware, and waning software support. 5961 5962 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces. 5963 5964 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used 5965 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group. 5966 5967 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to 5968 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching 5969 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking 5970 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use 5971 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete 5972 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1 5973 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or 5974 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the 5975 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For 5976 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full 5977 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place. 5978 5979 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of 5980 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP 5981 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync" 5982 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd. 5983 5984 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details 5985 about its state. 5986 5987 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now 5988 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of 5989 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by 5990 "timedatectl set-ntp". 5991 5992 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial 5993 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch 5994 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new 5995 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the 5996 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new 5997 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value 5998 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU 5999 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch 6000 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the 6001 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed 6002 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container. 6003 6004 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a 6005 list of all currently known VM and container environments. 6006 6007 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see 6008 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still 6009 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this 6010 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into 6011 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path 6012 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead. 6013 6014 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output 6015 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the 6016 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the 6017 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone 6018 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic 6019 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect 6020 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required. 6021 6022 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd 6023 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties. 6024 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not* 6025 shown.) 6026 6027 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls: 6028 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to 6029 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object, 6030 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into 6031 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes 6032 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(), 6033 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(), 6034 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus 6035 objects and set their description string already during allocation. 6036 6037 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event 6038 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple 6039 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added. 6040 6041 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied 6042 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with 6043 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new 6044 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback, 6045 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback, 6046 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback, 6047 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback, 6048 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added. 6049 6050 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default. 6051 6052 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the 6053 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled 6054 automatically when the system clock changed.) 6055 6056 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation, 6057 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up: 6058 6059 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md 6060 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md 6061 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md 6062 6063 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree. 6064 6065 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md 6066 6067 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further 6068 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow. 6069 6070 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max, 6071 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by 6072 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize 6073 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules 6074 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from 6075 external user databases. 6076 6077 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in 6078 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections 6079 refused due to the enforced limits. 6080 6081 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to 6082 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it 6083 manages. 6084 6085 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean 6086 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file 6087 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any 6088 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=, 6089 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence 6090 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file 6091 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service 6092 where this is now used by default. 6093 6094 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true 6095 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode". 6096 6097 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an 6098 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as 6099 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It 6100 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual 6101 update process in a generic way. 6102 6103 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used. 6104 6105 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale, 6106 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian 6107 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner, 6108 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel 6109 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John 6110 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil 6111 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe 6112 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover, 6113 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de 6114 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov, 6115 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir, 6116 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky 6117 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers, 6118 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König, 6119 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc 6120 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu 6121 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott, 6122 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal 6123 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler, 6124 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride 6125 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot, 6126 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip 6127 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo, 6128 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez, 6129 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo 6130 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant 6131 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, 6132 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik, 6133 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 6134 6135 — Berlin, 2018-06-22 6136 6137CHANGES WITH 238: 6138 6139 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After 6140 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt 6141 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current 6142 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to 6143 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides 6144 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all 6145 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now, 6146 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move 6147 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory 6148 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily 6149 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old 6150 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used 6151 to revert this change. 6152 6153 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update, 6154 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update) 6155 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing. 6156 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates 6157 once at the end of the transaction. 6158 6159 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d 6160 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any 6161 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation 6162 scripts. 6163 6164 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is 6165 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed 6166 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk, 6167 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation 6168 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on 6169 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while 6170 still allowing local admin overrides. 6171 6172 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new 6173 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and 6174 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated. 6175 6176 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed, 6177 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from 6178 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files 6179 owned by those newly-created users, in which case 6180 %sysusers_create_package should be used. 6181 6182 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode 6183 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration 6184 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro, 6185 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed 6186 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles 6187 from package installation scripts. 6188 6189 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group 6190 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or 6191 without the user number ("u username -:456"). 6192 6193 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as 6194 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used. 6195 6196 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be 6197 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and 6198 /sbin/nologin for other users). 6199 6200 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user 6201 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load 6202 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with 6203 --systemd, --user, or --global). 6204 6205 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any 6206 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events 6207 which are triggered meanwhile). 6208 6209 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the 6210 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using 6211 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action 6212 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility, 6213 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set. 6214 6215 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it 6216 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are 6217 rotated very quickly. 6218 6219 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and 6220 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of 6221 pending bus messages. 6222 6223 * systemd gained a new 6224 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call 6225 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service 6226 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the 6227 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system 6228 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to 6229 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access 6230 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works 6231 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user 6232 session scope. 6233 6234 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of 6235 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined 6236 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories 6237 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in 6238 the tree to be accessed. 6239 6240 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime 6241 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to 6242 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root". 6243 6244 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default. 6245 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access 6246 to keys in the main keyring. 6247 6248 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically. 6249 6250 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may 6251 be used in ConditionVirtualization=. 6252 6253 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units. 6254 6255 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify 6256 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be 6257 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable 6258 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect 6259 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build 6260 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this 6261 explicitly. 6262 6263 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change 6264 the colour of "OK" status messages. 6265 6266 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with 6267 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This 6268 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must 6269 be restarted. 6270 6271 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles 6272 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup. 6273 6274 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet, 6275 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337, 6276 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo 6277 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel 6278 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny 6279 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, 6280 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer, 6281 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld, 6282 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas 6283 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, 6284 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren, 6285 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert 6286 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon 6287 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain 6288 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe, 6289 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić) 6290 6291 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05 6292 6293CHANGES WITH 237: 6294 6295 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got 6296 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these 6297 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce 6298 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling. 6299 6300 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour 6301 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this 6302 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to 6303 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was 6304 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly 6305 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be 6306 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release 6307 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says: 6308 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't 6309 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file. 6310 6311 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change 6312 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root 6313 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the 6314 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on 6315 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files 6316 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was 6317 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove 6318 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first 6319 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires 6320 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238. 6321 6322 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by 6323 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it 6324 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the 6325 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a 6326 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable 6327 now provides explicit control. 6328 6329 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too. 6330 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were 6331 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated 6332 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind 6333 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the 6334 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the 6335 unit types that already supported transient operation. 6336 6337 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter 6338 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid= 6339 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount. 6340 6341 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added 6342 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available. 6343 6344 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and 6345 .network files all gained support for a new condition 6346 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel 6347 versions. 6348 6349 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained 6350 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the 6351 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring 6352 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained 6353 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=, 6354 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now 6355 understands RapidCommit=. 6356 6357 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix 6358 Delegation. 6359 6360 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this 6361 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to 6362 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This 6363 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that 6364 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started, 6365 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and 6366 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this 6367 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new 6368 --watch-bind= command line switch. 6369 6370 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as 6371 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the 6372 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the 6373 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but 6374 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature 6375 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested 6376 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In 6377 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks 6378 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and 6379 "Disconnected" signals). 6380 6381 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and 6382 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus 6383 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing 6384 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have 6385 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations 6386 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in 6387 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up 6388 service initialization since synchronization points for bus 6389 round-trips are removed. 6390 6391 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and 6392 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match() 6393 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match 6394 string take match fields as normal function parameters. 6395 6396 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and 6397 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing 6398 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific 6399 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on 6400 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway, 6401 overwriting whatever the client filled in. 6402 6403 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API 6404 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When 6405 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling 6406 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one — 6407 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly 6408 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT, 6409 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer 6410 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here 6411 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this 6412 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends. 6413 6414 * sd-event gained a new call pair 6415 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request 6416 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches 6417 when the event source is destroyed. 6418 6419 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard 6420 connections. 6421 6422 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the 6423 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and 6424 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the 6425 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a 6426 new transitional flag file has been added: if 6427 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534 6428 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled. 6429 6430 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source 6431 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service 6432 manager. 6433 6434 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which 6435 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case 6436 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive 6437 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override 6438 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity. 6439 6440 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing 6441 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally 6442 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a 6443 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for 6444 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option 6445 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same. 6446 6447 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were 6448 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and 6449 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still 6450 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the 6451 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a 6452 level/target is given as an argument. 6453 6454 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID 6455 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users 6456 where UID and GID do not match. 6457 6458 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov, 6459 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman 6460 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton 6461 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, 6462 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui, 6463 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian 6464 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander 6465 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen, 6466 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg 6467 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, 6468 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt, 6469 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy, 6470 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał 6471 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf 6472 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer, 6473 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer, 6474 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani, 6475 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz 6476 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary 6477 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян 6478 Палаузов 6479 6480 — Brno, 2018-01-28 6481 6482CHANGES WITH 236: 6483 6484 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced 6485 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option 6486 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating 6487 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created. 6488 6489 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This 6490 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters 6491 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be 6492 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by 6493 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as 6494 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not 6495 valid specifiers today.) 6496 6497 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic 6498 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is 6499 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file 6500 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and 6501 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct 6502 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS. 6503 6504 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and 6505 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by 6506 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD* 6507 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd. 6508 6509 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service, 6510 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and 6511 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be 6512 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these 6513 services are resolved properly. 6514 6515 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood: 6516 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that 6517 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the 6518 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size 6519 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the 6520 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck 6521 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and 6522 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to 6523 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4 6524 and btrfs. 6525 6526 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce 6527 DNS server and domain information. 6528 6529 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has 6530 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and 6531 runtime. 6532 6533 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its 6534 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran 6535 empty for the first time. 6536 6537 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported. 6538 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in 6539 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be 6540 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new 6541 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service 6542 running in the user session. 6543 6544 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers: 6545 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system 6546 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the 6547 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance, 6548 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level 6549 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance, 6550 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the 6551 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime 6552 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the 6553 user instance). 6554 6555 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the 6556 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes. 6557 6558 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option 6559 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers 6560 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and 6561 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval. 6562 6563 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot 6564 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification. 6565 6566 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done 6567 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and 6568 sleep verbs. 6569 6570 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module. 6571 6572 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in 6573 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/. 6574 6575 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping. 6576 6577 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd 6578 .device units are now propagated to units specified in 6579 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests. 6580 6581 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd 6582 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service', 6583 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then 6584 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the 6585 instance. 6586 6587 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno" 6588 can be specified individually for each system call. Example: 6589 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ. 6590 6591 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate= 6592 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as 6593 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least. 6594 6595 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704). 6596 6597 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any 6598 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser 6599 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new 6600 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal 6601 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's 6602 processes. 6603 6604 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the 6605 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or 6606 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via 6607 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file. 6608 6609 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to 6610 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a 6611 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option. 6612 6613 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows 6614 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to 6615 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically 6616 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run 6617 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option. 6618 6619 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories 6620 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets). 6621 6622 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and 6623 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer 6624 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next 6625 time the specified expression would elapse. 6626 6627 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting 6628 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to 6629 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in 6630 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload 6631 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit 6632 types, not just services. 6633 6634 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options 6635 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming 6636 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also 6637 gained support for "vxcan" network devices. 6638 6639 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a 6640 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration 6641 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the 6642 interface for this purpose. 6643 6644 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with 6645 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service 6646 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed 6647 anyway. 6648 6649 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree, 6650 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and 6651 requirements of systemd. 6652 6653 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the 6654 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the 6655 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option. 6656 6657 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on 6658 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be 6659 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or 6660 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API. 6661 6662 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond 6663 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must 6664 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to 6665 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout. 6666 6667 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080 6668 (Ed25519 keys and signatures). 6669 6670 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options 6671 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=, 6672 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration 6673 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information 6674 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface 6675 managing software supports (such as pppd). 6676 6677 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line 6678 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing 6679 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file. 6680 6681 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini, 6682 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten 6683 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin 6684 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri 6685 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny 6686 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de 6687 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty, 6688 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef 6689 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars 6690 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, 6691 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz 6692 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson, 6693 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala, 6694 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal 6695 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf 6696 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer, 6697 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran 6698 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon 6699 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant 6700 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem 6701 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, 6702 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew 6703 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha 6704 6705 — Berlin, 2017-12-14 6706 6707CHANGES WITH 235: 6708 6709 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running 6710 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP 6711 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of 6712 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as 6713 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing 6714 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to 6715 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS 6716 is set up to directly consult network services for user database 6717 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the 6718 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP 6719 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently 6720 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for 6721 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section 6722 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream 6723 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include 6724 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility 6725 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service 6726 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal 6727 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such 6728 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network 6729 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the 6730 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea 6731 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local 6732 processes that need to query the user database, including the most 6733 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about 6734 IPAddressDeny= see below. 6735 6736 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the 6737 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default, 6738 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be 6739 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues 6740 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured 6741 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this, 6742 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing 6743 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd. 6744 6745 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target" 6746 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They 6747 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs 6748 used to change those values. 6749 6750 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults 6751 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by 6752 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new 6753 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in 6754 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up 6755 from the previous hardcoded 2048. 6756 6757 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which 6758 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory 6759 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or 6760 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped. 6761 6762 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating 6763 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just 6764 one top-level directory. 6765 6766 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, 6767 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related 6768 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below 6769 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is 6770 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain 6771 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus 6772 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with 6773 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are 6774 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also 6775 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=, 6776 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these 6777 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination 6778 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned, 6779 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the 6780 sandbox that such services live in otherwise. 6781 6782 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now 6783 Meson-only. 6784 6785 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during 6786 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes 6787 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read 6788 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log 6789 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the 6790 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly 6791 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log 6792 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel 6793 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears 6794 acceptable to us. 6795 6796 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an 6797 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the 6798 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway" 6799 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that 6800 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be 6801 requested at build time. 6802 6803 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new 6804 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network] 6805 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that 6806 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the 6807 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for 6808 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new 6809 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP 6810 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new 6811 Type= setting which permits configuring 6812 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes. 6813 6814 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for 6815 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a 6816 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of 6817 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new 6818 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link 6819 local frames between bridge ports. 6820 6821 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of 6822 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for 6823 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload. 6824 6825 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS 6826 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers. 6827 6828 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command 6829 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system 6830 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to 6831 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list. 6832 6833 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If 6834 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run 6835 are directly passed on to the activated transient service 6836 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd 6837 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management, 6838 accounting management, resource management or log management that is 6839 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be 6840 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline. 6841 6842 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation 6843 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated 6844 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly 6845 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent 6846 command.) 6847 6848 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased 6849 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be 6850 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …". 6851 6852 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock, 6853 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter= 6854 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option 6855 of systemd-nspawn (see above). 6856 6857 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a 6858 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as 6859 configured, except for the credentials applied by 6860 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing 6861 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's 6862 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on 6863 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write 6864 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but 6865 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms 6866 on systems where this is not supported. 6867 6868 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink 6869 sockets. 6870 6871 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits 6872 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service 6873 during runtime. 6874 6875 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is 6876 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services 6877 before textual logins acquire access to the console. 6878 6879 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very 6880 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should 6881 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments. 6882 6883 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a 6884 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring 6885 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up. 6886 Following this logic, two new special targets 6887 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been 6888 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and 6889 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target. 6890 6891 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits 6892 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are 6893 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale 6894 settings for specific services that can't deal with it). 6895 6896 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP 6897 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for 6898 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run 6899 --wait". 6900 6901 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and 6902 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks, 6903 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of 6904 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket 6905 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual 6906 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit), 6907 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are 6908 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process 6909 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic. 6910 6911 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new 6912 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped, 6913 containing information about the consumed resources of this 6914 invocation. 6915 6916 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be 6917 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed 6918 processes. 6919 6920 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt", 6921 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in 6922 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the 6923 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to 6924 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot" 6925 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost 6926 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands 6927 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned 6928 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all 6929 systems for all five operations. 6930 6931 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting 6932 the system. 6933 6934 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones 6935 than UTC or the local timezone. 6936 6937 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create 6938 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by 6939 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood 6940 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp 6941 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these 6942 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now 6943 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable 6944 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive. 6945 6946 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features 6947 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget 6948 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured 6949 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the 6950 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level 6951 again. 6952 6953 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving 6954 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is 6955 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them. 6956 6957 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander 6958 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar 6959 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles 6960 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel 6961 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John 6962 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov, 6963 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui, 6964 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov, 6965 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen, 6966 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg 6967 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud, 6968 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas 6969 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin 6970 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, 6971 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell 6972 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, 6973 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom 6974 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid, 6975 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang 6976 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 6977 6978 — Berlin, 2017-10-06 6979 6980CHANGES WITH 234: 6981 6982 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is 6983 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that 6984 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using 6985 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty 6986 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief 6987 summary: 6988 6989 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install 6990 6991 becomes: 6992 6993 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install 6994 6995 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting, 6996 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is 6997 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for 6998 .device units. 6999 7000 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup= 7001 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group 7002 running a systemd user instance. 7003 7004 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the 7005 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in 7006 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN] 7007 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also 7008 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address 7009 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting. 7010 7011 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting. 7012 7013 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119 7014 (domain search list). 7015 7016 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using 7017 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration 7018 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to 7019 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server 7020 implementation of RA. 7021 7022 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter 7023 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise 7024 ISO date values. 7025 7026 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network 7027 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform 7028 devices. 7029 7030 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly 7031 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file 7032 option. 7033 7034 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn 7035 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2 7036 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by 7037 default yet. 7038 7039 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of 7040 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition 7041 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style 7042 SHA256SUMS files. 7043 7044 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which 7045 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append(). 7046 7047 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK. 7048 7049 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap". 7050 7051 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to 7052 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path. 7053 7054 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when 7055 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This 7056 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return] 7057 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration. 7058 7059 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores 7060 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager 7061 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in 7062 other components may be required to make use of this (for example 7063 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate 7064 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using 7065 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now 7066 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of 7067 systemd-logind to be safe. See 7068 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.) 7069 7070 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable 7071 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by 7072 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined, 7073 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put 7074 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if 7075 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a 7076 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed 7077 after all the plugins exit. 7078 7079 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install 7080 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID 7081 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in 7082 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id, 7083 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as 7084 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install 7085 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as 7086 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID. 7087 7088 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander 7089 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir 7090 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert, 7091 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb, 7092 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake, 7093 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide 7094 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John 7095 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, 7096 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary 7097 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede, 7098 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan 7099 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason 7100 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg 7101 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow, 7102 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili, 7103 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, 7104 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala, 7105 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin, 7106 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal 7107 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis, 7108 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik 7109 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr 7110 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes, 7111 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan 7112 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas 7113 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom 7114 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, 7115 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu, 7116 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан 7117 Георгиевски 7118 7119 — Berlin, 2017-07-12 7120 7121CHANGES WITH 233: 7122 7123 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve 7124 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the 7125 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to 7126 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named 7127 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that 7128 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to 7129 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of 7130 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the 7131 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2. 7132 7133 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time 7134 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically: 7135 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and 7136 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time 7137 default selected on the configure command line 7138 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid" 7139 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but 7140 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure 7141 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is 7142 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream 7143 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions, 7144 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development 7145 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide) 7146 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for 7147 greatest stability and compatibility only. 7148 7149 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group 7150 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user 7151 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two 7152 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by 7153 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't 7154 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or 7155 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are 7156 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for 7157 further details about this.) 7158 7159 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make 7160 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this 7161 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= . 7162 7163 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various 7164 tests written in Python) now require Python 3. 7165 7166 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or 7167 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/ 7168 with 'make install-tests'. 7169 7170 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH, 7171 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the 7172 kernel. 7173 7174 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been 7175 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration 7176 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless 7177 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced 7178 by the Slice= option. 7179 7180 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in 7181 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this 7182 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify 7183 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=. 7184 7185 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the 7186 following choices: 7187 7188 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore 7189 (D)ump, show the state of the unit 7190 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed 7191 (h)elp 7192 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit 7193 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress 7194 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded 7195 (y)es, execute the command 7196 7197 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed, 7198 because its meaning was confusing. 7199 7200 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by 7201 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=. 7202 7203 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent 7204 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails, 7205 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code. 7206 7207 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their 7208 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed" 7209 state directly, without executing these commands. 7210 7211 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired 7212 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve 7213 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests. 7214 7215 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to 7216 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in 7217 combination with After=) have been started. 7218 7219 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which 7220 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file 7221 setting, and which system calls they contain. 7222 7223 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added, 7224 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group 7225 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related 7226 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap 7227 configuration related calls. 7228 7229 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be 7230 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the 7231 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the 7232 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network, 7233 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly 7234 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing 7235 related vulnerabilities in the kernel. 7236 7237 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation= 7238 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation. 7239 7240 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new 7241 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the 7242 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on. 7243 7244 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly 7245 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd. 7246 7247 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to 7248 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been 7249 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available 7250 for compatibility. 7251 7252 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP 7253 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting. 7254 7255 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new 7256 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=. 7257 7258 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained 7259 support for negative matching. 7260 7261 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab: 7262 7263 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum 7264 permitted runtime of the mount command. 7265 7266 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its 7267 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point 7268 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be 7269 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property 7270 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM 7271 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are 7272 removed from the drive. 7273 7274 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly 7275 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point. 7276 7277 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage 7278 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore. 7279 7280 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every 7281 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the 7282 jobs which it's blocking are shown. 7283 7284 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images 7285 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be 7286 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal 7287 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course, 7288 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or 7289 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but 7290 this should still be suitable for many use cases. 7291 7292 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support 7293 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of 7294 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means 7295 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for 7296 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example, 7297 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm". 7298 7299 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for 7300 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections. 7301 7302 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a 7303 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically, 7304 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the 7305 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is 7306 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the 7307 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the 7308 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as 7309 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.) 7310 7311 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set 7312 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked, 7313 including all control processes. 7314 7315 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the 7316 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality 7317 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line. 7318 7319 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for 7320 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by 7321 prefixing the source path with "+". 7322 7323 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for 7324 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp 7325 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source 7326 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An 7327 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay 7328 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid 7329 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes 7330 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down. 7331 7332 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block 7333 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as 7334 before). 7335 7336 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for 7337 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected 7338 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the 7339 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity 7340 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file 7341 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via 7342 the new --root-hash= command line option). 7343 7344 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may 7345 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does 7346 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be 7347 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including 7348 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to 7349 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is 7350 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its 7351 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd 7352 versions. 7353 7354 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in 7355 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of 7356 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of 7357 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions 7358 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system 7359 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root 7360 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it 7361 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition 7362 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single 7363 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root 7364 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for 7365 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same 7366 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place 7367 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on 7368 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi" 7369 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated 7370 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In 7371 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally 7372 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed 7373 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as 7374 a Verity-enabled root partition. 7375 7376 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry 7377 accelerometer quirks. 7378 7379 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up 7380 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus 7381 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation 7382 ID of each service. 7383 7384 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= 7385 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific 7386 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and 7387 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's 7388 view. 7389 7390 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level 7391 environment variables: 7392 7393 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md 7394 7395 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining 7396 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket 7397 address. 7398 7399 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the 7400 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean 7401 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped. 7402 7403 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the 7404 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an 7405 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the 7406 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically, 7407 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as 7408 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If 7409 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted 7410 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar 7411 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it 7412 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless 7413 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset 7414 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not 7415 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.) 7416 7417 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root 7418 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions 7419 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself. 7420 7421 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for 7422 communication in virtualized QEMU environments. 7423 7424 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname= 7425 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in 7426 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying 7427 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a 7428 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations. 7429 7430 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only 7431 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been 7432 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit. 7433 7434 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or 7435 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it). 7436 7437 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl 7438 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space 7439 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure 7440 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed. 7441 7442 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar 7443 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from 7444 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same 7445 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses, 7446 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including 7447 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as 7448 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system 7449 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles, 7450 possibly even including full integrity data. 7451 7452 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean 7453 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the 7454 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if 7455 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts 7456 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway. 7457 7458 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If 7459 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to 7460 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a 7461 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images 7462 directly with systemd-nspawn. 7463 7464 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server 7465 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports 7466 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to 7467 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though. 7468 7469 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list 7470 of coredumps in reverse order. 7471 7472 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and 7473 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being 7474 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing 7475 additional informational message in its output. 7476 7477 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or 7478 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until= 7479 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name. 7480 7481 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused 7482 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in 7483 scripting languages such as Python. 7484 7485 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user 7486 namespacing is enabled for them. 7487 7488 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at 7489 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment 7490 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One 7491 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up 7492 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d 7493 and ~/.config/environment.d/. 7494 7495 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC 7496 root key (KSK). 7497 7498 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of 7499 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a 7500 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices. 7501 7502 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander 7503 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch 7504 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric 7505 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri, 7506 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, 7507 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry 7508 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly, 7509 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn 7510 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter, 7511 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede, 7512 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan 7513 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, 7514 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart 7515 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de 7516 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry, 7517 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de 7518 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal 7519 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak, 7520 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip 7521 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin 7522 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx, 7523 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi, 7524 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, 7525 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor 7526 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar 7527 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb, 7528 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun, 7529 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр 7530 Тихонов 7531 7532 — Berlin, 2017-03-01 7533 7534CHANGES WITH 232: 7535 7536 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and 7537 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should 7538 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out 7539 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in 7540 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In 7541 this case, consider turning off these settings locally. 7542 7543 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by 7544 the user or group of a service when that service exits. 7545 7546 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit 7547 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In 7548 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set. 7549 7550 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the 7551 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys, 7552 to be remounted read-only for a service. 7553 7554 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable 7555 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service. 7556 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is 7557 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it. 7558 7559 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write 7560 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup. 7561 7562 * Various systemd services have been hardened with 7563 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes, 7564 RestrictAddressFamilies=. 7565 7566 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service 7567 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs 7568 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the 7569 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS 7570 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services 7571 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that 7572 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the 7573 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and 7574 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any 7575 permanent modifications to the system. 7576 7577 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making 7578 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal 7579 container or chroot environments. 7580 7581 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new 7582 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid 7583 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are 7584 mapped to nobody. 7585 7586 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If 7587 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn 7588 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour 7589 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable. 7590 7591 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap 7592 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy. 7593 7594 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has 7595 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting= 7596 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel 7597 and the support is provisional. 7598 7599 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently 7600 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring 7601 unit files in the file system). 7602 7603 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like 7604 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through 7605 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool 7606 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting, 7607 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the 7608 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly 7609 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is 7610 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system 7611 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount 7612 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the 7613 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean 7614 state is fixed automatically. 7615 7616 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the 7617 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force 7618 option. 7619 7620 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if 7621 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured 7622 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist, 7623 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically 7624 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something 7625 else. 7626 7627 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will 7628 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID 7629 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate 7630 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images 7631 bootable on physical systems. 7632 7633 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives. 7634 7635 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running 7636 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance: 7637 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See 7638 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be 7639 used. 7640 7641 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to 7642 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better 7643 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be 7644 copied to all allocated virtual consoles. 7645 7646 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected. 7647 7648 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the 7649 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at 7650 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process 7651 of the container). 7652 7653 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve 7654 files from the specified location. 7655 7656 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the 7657 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to 7658 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to 7659 be active. 7660 7661 * The hardware database has been extended to support 7662 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify 7663 trackball devices. 7664 7665 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to 7666 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with 7667 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel. 7668 7669 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution 7670 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the 7671 specified service binary exited.) 7672 7673 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to 7674 wait until the units being started have terminated again. 7675 7676 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays 7677 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone 7678 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default 7679 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's 7680 --since= and --until= options. 7681 7682 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by 7683 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents 7684 are automatically propagated to the container. 7685 7686 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating 7687 from a single IP address can be limited with 7688 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of 7689 MaxConnections=. 7690 7691 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface 7692 configuration. 7693 7694 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through 7695 drop-ins. 7696 7697 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic 7698 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload 7699 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=, 7700 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=, 7701 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the 7702 [Link] section of .link files. 7703 7704 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default 7705 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=, 7706 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge] 7707 section of .netdev files. 7708 7709 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be 7710 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP] 7711 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files. 7712 7713 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by 7714 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of 7715 .network files. 7716 7717 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and 7718 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and 7719 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current 7720 service runtime cycle. 7721 7722 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order 7723 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl 7724 has been traditionally doing. 7725 7726 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various 7727 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed 7728 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and 7729 prevent any later plugins from running. 7730 7731 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been 7732 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future 7733 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current 7734 default of SplitMode=uid. 7735 7736 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been 7737 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not 7738 useful. 7739 7740 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an 7741 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of 7742 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables 7743 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID, 7744 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of 7745 individual namespaces. 7746 7747 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in 7748 the output, as well as OS release information. 7749 7750 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output. 7751 7752 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(), 7753 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(), 7754 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer 7755 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be 7756 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references. 7757 7758 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and 7759 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a 7760 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is 7761 severed. 7762 7763 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into 7764 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to 7765 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even 7766 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is 7767 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch 7768 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect 7769 information about exit statuses and results. 7770 7771 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL 7772 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when 7773 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to 7774 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking 7775 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended 7776 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is: 7777 7778 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname 7779 7780 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to 7781 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise 7782 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often 7783 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in 7784 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise 7785 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off 7786 entirely. 7787 7788 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and 7789 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the 7790 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks. 7791 7792 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked 7793 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation 7794 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current 7795 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID 7796 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store 7797 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus 7798 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a 7799 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without 7800 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service 7801 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that 7802 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The 7803 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an 7804 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call 7805 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit() 7806 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name 7807 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as 7808 long as the passed invocation ID is current. 7809 7810 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in 7811 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values 7812 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS 7813 listener on 127.0.0.53:53. 7814 7815 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional 7816 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include: 7817 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=, 7818 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=. 7819 7820 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with 7821 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to 7822 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it 7823 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other 7824 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add 7825 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file, 7826 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note 7827 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of 7828 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though 7829 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time 7830 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM 7831 fragment entirely.) 7832 7833 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO 7834 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to 7835 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before). 7836 7837 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named 7838 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The 7839 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the 7840 FileDescriptorName= setting. 7841 7842 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel 7843 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood: 7844 systemd.journald.max_level_console=, 7845 systemd.journald.max_level_store=, 7846 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=, 7847 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=. 7848 7849 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit 7850 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree. 7851 7852 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the 7853 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab. 7854 7855 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch 7856 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user 7857 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the 7858 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting 7859 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments. 7860 7861 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John, 7862 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin 7863 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner, 7864 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, 7865 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick, 7866 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg, 7867 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric 7868 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, 7869 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke, 7870 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan 7871 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker, 7872 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski, 7873 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering, 7874 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš 7875 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, 7876 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej 7877 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy, 7878 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike 7879 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, 7880 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny 7881 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant 7882 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit, 7883 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut 7884 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann 7885 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew 7886 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha 7887 7888 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03 7889 7890CHANGES WITH 231: 7891 7892 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended 7893 with an additional special character as first argument of the 7894 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command 7895 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=, 7896 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is 7897 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows 7898 configuration of this concept for each executed command line 7899 independently. 7900 7901 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by 7902 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify(). 7903 7904 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage 7905 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of 7906 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned 7907 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with 7908 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's 7909 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage 7910 values. 7911 7912 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The 7913 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes 7914 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15% 7915 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 → 7916 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.) 7917 7918 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".." 7919 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for 7920 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and 7921 7:10am every day. 7922 7923 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and 7924 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to 7925 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be 7926 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with 7927 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be 7928 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as 7929 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain 7930 available for compatibility. 7931 7932 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly 7933 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase 7934 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that 7935 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in 7936 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for 7937 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting. 7938 7939 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all 7940 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which 7941 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains 7942 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for 7943 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether 7944 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they 7945 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to 7946 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As 7947 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives. 7948 7949 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point 7950 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This 7951 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into 7952 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container 7953 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's 7954 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your 7955 desired options. 7956 7957 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on 7958 cgroup v2. 7959 7960 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as 7961 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is 7962 limited to subgroups of that group. 7963 7964 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for 7965 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example 7966 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock 7967 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of 7968 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters 7969 for system services is simplified substantially with this new 7970 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now 7971 enable system call filtering based on this, by default. 7972 7973 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking 7974 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory 7975 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This 7976 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes 7977 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited 7978 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's 7979 own long-running services. 7980 7981 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a 7982 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer 7983 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime 7984 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system. 7985 7986 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean 7987 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside 7988 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then 7989 propagates this notification further to the service manager 7990 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn 7991 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the 7992 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering 7993 primitives. 7994 7995 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for 7996 "terminate". 7997 7998 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on 7999 link-local IPv6 addresses. 8000 8001 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all 8002 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been 8003 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve 8004 --flush-caches". 8005 8006 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief 8007 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information 8008 is shown. 8009 8010 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to 8011 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a 8012 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that 8013 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the 8014 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or 8015 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching. 8016 8017 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53 8018 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs 8019 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name 8020 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local 8021 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to 8022 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just 8023 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is 8024 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in 8025 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if 8026 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local 8027 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or 8028 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be 8029 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies 8030 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this 8031 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for 8032 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved 8033 bus API instead. 8034 8035 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting 8036 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section 8037 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in 8038 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN]. 8039 8040 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of 8041 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may 8042 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options 8043 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour. 8044 8045 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been 8046 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old 8047 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons. 8048 8049 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options 8050 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=. 8051 8052 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function") 8053 interface configuration. 8054 8055 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by 8056 specifying the --force switch. 8057 8058 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for 8059 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts 8060 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration. 8061 8062 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd 8063 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which 8064 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed 8065 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides 8066 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in 8067 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before 8068 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets 8069 to be handled. 8070 8071 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have 8072 been added to simplify packaging of generators. 8073 8074 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the 8075 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody). 8076 8077 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1 8078 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation 8079 of persistent symlinks for that device. 8080 8081 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess" 8082 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted. 8083 8084 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now 8085 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so 8086 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated 8087 with future releases) that the components link to. This should 8088 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on 8089 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is 8090 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new 8091 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries 8092 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the 8093 library. 8094 8095 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd 8096 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images, 8097 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If 8098 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated 8099 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a 8100 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be 8101 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical 8102 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test 8103 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See 8104 doc/HACKING for details. 8105 8106 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the 8107 distribution's bugtracker. 8108 8109 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor 8110 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika 8111 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar 8112 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse, 8113 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David 8114 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias 8115 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler, 8116 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan 8117 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke 8118 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart 8119 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel 8120 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov, 8121 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, 8122 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran, 8123 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier, 8124 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas 8125 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan, 8126 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič, 8127 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 8128 8129 — Berlin, 2016-07-25 8130 8131CHANGES WITH 230: 8132 8133 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in 8134 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by 8135 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course, 8136 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend 8137 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and 8138 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very 8139 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its 8140 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is 8141 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just 8142 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and 8143 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode 8144 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there 8145 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing 8146 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then 8147 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or 8148 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable 8149 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved 8150 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local 8151 applications.) 8152 8153 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa 8154 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also 8155 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch. 8156 8157 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are 8158 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user 8159 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses= 8160 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now 8161 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly 8162 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow 8163 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout. 8164 8165 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running, 8166 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login 8167 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run. 8168 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows 8169 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same 8170 command works for tmux. 8171 8172 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be 8173 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled. 8174 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are 8175 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for 8176 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to 8177 set lingering for themselves without authentication. 8178 8179 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the 8180 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure". 8181 8182 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and 8183 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new 8184 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit. 8185 8186 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP. 8187 8188 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported. 8189 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to 8190 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified 8191 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are 8192 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy. 8193 8194 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with 8195 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it 8196 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the 8197 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required. 8198 8199 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and 8200 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is 8201 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled 8202 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl 8203 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl 8204 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now. 8205 8206 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be 8207 configured for the system and each .network file managed by 8208 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options. 8209 8210 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for 8211 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also 8212 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of 8213 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev 8214 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled 8215 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=. 8216 8217 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses 8218 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an 8219 address. 8220 8221 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which 8222 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router) 8223 should be emitted. 8224 8225 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to 8226 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully 8227 supported. 8228 8229 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk 8230 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on 8231 logging performance. 8232 8233 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls 8234 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which 8235 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of 8236 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been 8237 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead 8238 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT. 8239 8240 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log 8241 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970 8242 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to 8243 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes. 8244 8245 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to 8246 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts. 8247 8248 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners 8249 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with 8250 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users. 8251 8252 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%"). 8253 8254 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a 8255 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing 8256 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs 8257 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists. 8258 8259 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated 8260 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used 8261 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will 8262 refuse to operate on such files. 8263 8264 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to 8265 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes 8266 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file. 8267 8268 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or 8269 just hidden container images. 8270 8271 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying 8272 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't. 8273 8274 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs 8275 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a 8276 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected 8277 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new 8278 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for 8279 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when 8280 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which 8281 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first 8282 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and 8283 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has 8284 been changed to use this functionality by default. 8285 8286 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows 8287 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers, 8288 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is 8289 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a 8290 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of 8291 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and 8292 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may 8293 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is 8294 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for 8295 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its 8296 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone 8297 terminates. 8298 8299 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command 8300 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already 8301 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in 8302 /etc/systemd/system.conf. 8303 8304 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and 8305 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation 8306 rate of the socket unit. 8307 8308 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values 8309 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified 8310 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the 8311 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it 8312 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit. 8313 8314 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed 8315 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be 8316 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec" 8317 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional) 8318 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its 8319 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems 8320 with this. 8321 8322 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository: 8323 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart 8324 8325 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be 8326 merged into the kernel in its current form. 8327 8328 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so, 8329 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so 8330 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along 8331 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by 8332 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so. 8333 8334 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored 8335 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and 8336 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead. 8337 8338 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target, 8339 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root 8340 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this 8341 target is now included in early userspace. 8342 8343 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov, 8344 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin 8345 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens 8346 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, 8347 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David 8348 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny 8349 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck 8350 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik 8351 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo 8352 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth, 8353 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos 8354 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir 8355 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, 8356 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, 8357 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin, 8358 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween, 8359 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, 8360 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert 8361 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan 8362 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain 8363 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, 8364 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen, 8365 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso, 8366 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev, 8367 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew 8368 Jędrzejewski-Szmek 8369 8370 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21 8371 8372CHANGES WITH 229: 8373 8374 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial 8375 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC 8376 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by 8377 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the 8378 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic 8379 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The 8380 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls 8381 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external 8382 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd 8383 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former 8384 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely 8385 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links. 8386 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts. 8387 8388 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for 8389 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully 8390 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to 8391 /usr/bin. 8392 8393 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio 8394 devices. 8395 8396 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is 8397 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed 8398 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service 8399 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the 8400 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as 8401 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of 8402 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of 8403 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern 8404 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control 8405 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time 8406 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on 8407 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the 8408 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users 8409 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting 8410 this limit. 8411 8412 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1 8413 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave 8414 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that 8415 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated 8416 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook 8417 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its 8418 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by 8419 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out. 8420 8421 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this 8422 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this 8423 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when 8424 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID 8425 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice 8426 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user 8427 and group at package installation time. 8428 8429 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support 8430 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram 8431 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both 8432 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new 8433 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing. 8434 8435 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment 8436 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color 8437 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that 8438 supports it. 8439 8440 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings 8441 DestinationPort= and PortRange=. 8442 8443 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added, 8444 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is 8445 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the 8446 file is already initialized. 8447 8448 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any 8449 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the 8450 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that 8451 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding 8452 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process 8453 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the 8454 container image. This new logic is useful to support running 8455 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are 8456 generally not prepared to run as PID 1. 8457 8458 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current 8459 working directory for the process started in the container. 8460 8461 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for 8462 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices 8463 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices 8464 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to 8465 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.) 8466 8467 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls 8468 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files() 8469 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found. 8470 8471 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal 8472 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed 8473 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and 8474 sd_journal_restart_fields(). 8475 8476 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of 8477 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics 8478 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity" 8479 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to 8480 turn off previously existing timeout settings. 8481 8482 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl 8483 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try" 8484 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting. 8485 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility. 8486 8487 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the 8488 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set 8489 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order 8490 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as 8491 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1 8492 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced 8493 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic 8494 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures 8495 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in 8496 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the 8497 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done 8498 by PID 1. 8499 8500 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the 8501 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel 8502 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2. 8503 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules 8504 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes 8505 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for 8506 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the 8507 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit: 8508 8509 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671 8510 8511 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used 8512 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the 8513 service is terminated and put into a failure state. 8514 8515 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows 8516 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are 8517 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very 8518 recent kernels. 8519 8520 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used 8521 to configure hard and soft limits individually. 8522 8523 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly 8524 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension. 8525 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative 8526 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a 8527 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a 8528 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor 8529 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup 8530 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC 8531 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is 8532 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note 8533 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old 8534 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or 8535 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension. 8536 8537 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that 8538 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured 8539 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in 8540 clusters or larger setups. 8541 8542 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy. 8543 8544 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol 8545 sockets. 8546 8547 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages. 8548 8549 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for 8550 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that 8551 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the 8552 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files 8553 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now 8554 officially supported and no longer considered experimental. 8555 8556 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's 8557 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of 8558 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API. 8559 8560 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from 8561 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have 8562 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to 8563 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with: 8564 8565 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock - 8566 8567 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction= 8568 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of 8569 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types, 8570 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to 8571 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to 8572 maintain compatibility. 8573 8574 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander 8575 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov, 8576 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler, 8577 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan 8578 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack, 8579 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman, 8580 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen, 8581 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen, 8582 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub 8583 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, 8584 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos, 8585 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel 8586 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, 8587 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils 8588 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz, 8589 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant 8590 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel 8591 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito 8592 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 8593 8594 — Berlin, 2016-02-11 8595 8596CHANGES WITH 228: 8597 8598 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit 8599 files are now also available as properties to set when 8600 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it 8601 is exposed with systemd-run's --property= 8602 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=, 8603 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=, 8604 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=, 8605 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=, 8606 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=. 8607 8608 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now 8609 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as 8610 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process. 8611 8612 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs, 8613 similar to the way service and scope units may already be 8614 created transiently. 8615 8616 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification 8617 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC 8618 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC" 8619 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated 8620 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now 8621 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of 8622 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event 8623 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units. 8624 8625 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the 8626 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to 8627 disk and sync the files, before returning. 8628 8629 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that 8630 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota 8631 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota 8632 enabled. 8633 8634 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory 8635 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the 8636 root directory is a plain directory, and not a 8637 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot() 8638 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs 8639 subvolumes. 8640 8641 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect 8642 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment. 8643 8644 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to 8645 individual indexes. 8646 8647 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as 8648 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to 8649 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource 8650 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes 8651 now. 8652 8653 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to 8654 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and 8655 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary 8656 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd 8657 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The 8658 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are 8659 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to 8660 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this 8661 version on. Note that this means that thread- or 8662 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set 8663 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set 8664 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or 8665 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting 8666 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total 8667 number of processes or tasks each user may own 8668 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax= 8669 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this 8670 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is 8671 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes 8672 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a 8673 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection. 8674 8675 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch 8676 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet 8677 links between the host and the container. 8678 8679 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been 8680 added that allows importing select environment variables 8681 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of 8682 the service. 8683 8684 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse= 8685 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on, 8686 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to 8687 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they 8688 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for 8689 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer 8690 than until they first elapse. 8691 8692 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by 8693 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial 8694 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it 8695 allows substantially larger numbers of queued 8696 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to 8697 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely 8698 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value 8699 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets. 8700 8701 * The compression framing format used by the journal or 8702 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the 8703 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in 8704 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format 8705 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release 8706 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream 8707 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well 8708 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes 8709 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the 8710 journal and in coredump handling. 8711 8712 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from 8713 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but 8714 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly 8715 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make 8716 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction 8717 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to 8718 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no 8719 software you package still references it, as this is a 8720 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending, 8721 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file: 8722 8723 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108 8724 8725 Note that only util-linux versions built with 8726 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported. 8727 8728 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This 8729 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and 8730 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl. 8731 8732 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and 8733 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They 8734 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and 8735 other options that provide a similar effect (such as 8736 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful 8737 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way 8738 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding 8739 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing 8740 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit 8741 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be 8742 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types 8743 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these 8744 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them 8745 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit 8746 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should 8747 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild. 8748 8749 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed 8750 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting, 8751 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled 8752 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be 8753 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but 8754 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure 8755 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is 8756 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support 8757 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize 8758 surprises. 8759 8760 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has 8761 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve 8762 to the various user database fields of the user that the 8763 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user 8764 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this 8765 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these 8766 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance 8767 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the 8768 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly 8769 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance 8770 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is 8771 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of 8772 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings 8773 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into 8774 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around 8775 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the 8776 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case 8777 of PID 1 is the root user). 8778 8779 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan 8780 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David 8781 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin, 8782 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo 8783 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan 8784 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers, 8785 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel 8786 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark 8787 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, 8788 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens, 8789 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer, 8790 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden, 8791 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, 8792 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew 8793 Jędrzejewski-Szmek 8794 8795 — Berlin, 2015-11-18 8796 8797CHANGES WITH 227: 8798 8799 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically, 8800 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now 8801 replaces systemd's former own implementation. 8802 8803 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and 8804 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot. 8805 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very 8806 long time, so systems running systemd should already have 8807 stopped having this file around as anything else than a 8808 symlink to /proc/self/mounts. 8809 8810 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It 8811 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and 8812 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting 8813 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a 8814 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=. 8815 8816 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added. 8817 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the 8818 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic 8819 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net 8820 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress 8821 packets on unestablished sockets. 8822 8823 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup 8824 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed 8825 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value 8826 automatically. 8827 8828 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the 8829 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be 8830 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'. 8831 8832 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all 8833 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more 8834 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting 8835 for disk IO. 8836 8837 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into 8838 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been 8839 removed. 8840 8841 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set 8842 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working 8843 directory is set to the home directory of the user 8844 configured in User=. 8845 8846 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home 8847 directory of the selected user by default. 8848 8849 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to 8850 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not 8851 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still 8852 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes 8853 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The 8854 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for 8855 compat reasons. 8856 8857 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, 8858 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and 8859 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient 8860 units. 8861 8862 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb 8863 to change the logging target the system manager logs to 8864 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how 8865 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log 8866 level. 8867 8868 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected 8869 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This 8870 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user 8871 namespaces work correctly. 8872 8873 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This 8874 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are 8875 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't 8876 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket 8877 activation. 8878 8879 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an 8880 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from 8881 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when 8882 running the systemd user instance, or when running the 8883 system instance in a container. 8884 8885 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many() 8886 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and 8887 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus 8888 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close() 8889 has been added to flush and close per-thread default 8890 connections. 8891 8892 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to 8893 show the control groups within a certain container only. 8894 8895 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail 8896 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no 8897 processes have been killed, because the unit had no 8898 processes attached, or similar. 8899 8900 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has 8901 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can 8902 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf. 8903 8904 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit 8905 specifiers like %i or %f. 8906 8907 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added, 8908 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's 8909 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for 8910 detecting DHCP address conflicts. 8911 8912 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be 8913 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to 8914 access the names. The default names may be overridden, 8915 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName= 8916 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file 8917 descriptors using sd_notify(). 8918 8919 * systemd-networkd gained support for: 8920 8921 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via 8922 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files. 8923 8924 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and 8925 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files. 8926 8927 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in 8928 .network files. 8929 8930 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk 8931 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for 8932 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is 8933 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in 8934 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock 8935 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was 8936 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the 8937 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The 8938 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname= 8939 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for 8940 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for 8941 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically 8942 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the 8943 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if 8944 gdm-autologin is used. 8945 8946 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl 8947 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn" 8948 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored 8949 next to the image file. 8950 8951 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting 8952 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with 8953 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified 8954 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode. 8955 8956 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton 8957 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill 8958 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way, 8959 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist 8960 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous 8961 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean. 8962 8963 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal 8964 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain, 8965 in addition to the already existing control by size and by 8966 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance 8967 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows 8968 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults 8969 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles= 8970 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the 8971 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to 8972 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified 8973 number of files in place. 8974 8975 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices 8976 on kernels where that is supported. 8977 8978 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added. 8979 8980 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino 8981 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao 8982 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David 8983 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin, 8984 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel 8985 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner, 8986 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, 8987 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir 8988 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart 8989 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, 8990 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, 8991 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike 8992 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma, 8993 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer, 8994 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani, 8995 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel 8996 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich, 8997 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић 8998 8999 — Berlin, 2015-10-07 9000 9001CHANGES WITH 226: 9002 9003 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of 9004 new features: 9005 9006 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP 9007 information. It may be enabled and configured via 9008 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS 9009 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are 9010 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there 9011 is any) is propagated. 9012 9013 - Server and client now support transmission and reception 9014 of timezone information. It can be configured via the 9015 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=, 9016 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone 9017 information is enabled between host and containers by 9018 default now: the container will change its local timezone 9019 to what the host has set. 9020 9021 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via 9022 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=. 9023 9024 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of 9025 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease 9026 information back, even if the server loses state. 9027 9028 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to 9029 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and 9030 PoolSize=. 9031 9032 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may 9033 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows 9034 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation 9035 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet. 9036 9037 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing 9038 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus 9039 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on 9040 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to 9041 'dbus-daemon' systems. 9042 9043 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names 9044 for virtio devices. 9045 9046 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel 9047 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel 9048 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1', 9049 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy 9050 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not 9051 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup 9052 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can 9053 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they 9054 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY 9055 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to 9056 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the 9057 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the 9058 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise. 9059 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an 9060 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one 9061 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be 9062 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The 9063 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to 9064 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used 9065 for the first time delegated access to controllers is 9066 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get 9067 access to controllers now, as will systemd user 9068 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now 9069 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system 9070 grants them. 9071 9072 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced 9073 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to 9074 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID 9075 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control 9076 group tree. 9077 9078 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel 9079 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the 9080 count of processes is now recursively summed up by 9081 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to 9082 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to 9083 work correctly in containers now. 9084 9085 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been 9086 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts. 9087 9088 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and 9089 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of 9090 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This 9091 function call is particularly useful when implementing 9092 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy. 9093 9094 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports 9095 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing 9096 signal events. 9097 9098 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it 9099 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit 9100 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit 9101 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters. 9102 9103 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may 9104 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and 9105 may contain additional settings for the container. This is 9106 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the 9107 nspawn command line. 9108 9109 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David 9110 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe 9111 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan 9112 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel 9113 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal 9114 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin 9115 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel 9116 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø 9117 9118 — Berlin, 2015-09-08 9119 9120CHANGES WITH 225: 9121 9122 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh 9123 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to 9124 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the 9125 shell directly without prompting for username or 9126 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local 9127 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can 9128 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as 9129 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from 9130 the originating session. 9131 9132 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP 9133 options and allows other programs to query the values. 9134 9135 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no 9136 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation 9137 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet 9138 available. As unit file operations are still protected via 9139 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet, 9140 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should 9141 probably not stabilize on this release. 9142 9143 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that 9144 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus 9145 messages. 9146 9147 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR 9148 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This 9149 is useful to debug DNS behaviour. 9150 9151 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to 9152 operate on journal files in a specific directory. 9153 9154 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new 9155 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text 9156 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the 9157 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for 9158 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a 9159 posteriori. 9160 9161 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes 9162 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names. 9163 9164 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced: 9165 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd 9166 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is 9167 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to 9168 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and 9169 "lastlog" tools. 9170 9171 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource 9172 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as 9173 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying 9174 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via 9175 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled. 9176 9177 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel 9178 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski, 9179 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan 9180 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, 9181 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel 9182 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt 9183 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim, 9184 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, 9185 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings, 9186 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe 9187 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts, 9188 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 9189 9190 — Berlin, 2015-08-27 9191 9192CHANGES WITH 224: 9193 9194 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into 9195 systemd-gpt-auto-generator. 9196 9197 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan 9198 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration 9199 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='. 9200 9201 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David 9202 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart 9203 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen 9204 9205 — Berlin, 2015-07-31 9206 9207CHANGES WITH 223: 9208 9209 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository. 9210 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from 9211 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package 9212 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd 9213 9214 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration 9215 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload. 9216 9217 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via 9218 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific(). 9219 9220 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options. 9221 9222 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called 9223 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the 9224 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets. 9225 9226 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='. 9227 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the 9228 decapsulated packet. 9229 9230 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added. 9231 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=', 9232 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the 9233 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_* 9234 netlink attribute. 9235 9236 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent 9237 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname=' 9238 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the 9239 system hostname when sending DHCP requests. 9240 9241 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set, 9242 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device 9243 according to RFC2460. 9244 9245 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to 9246 the already supported 'macvlan' devices. 9247 9248 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against 9249 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled 9250 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks. 9251 9252 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running 9253 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo' 9254 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then 9255 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID' 9256 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are 9257 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'. 9258 9259 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel 9260 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, 9261 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), 9262 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, 9263 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael 9264 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim, 9265 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo, 9266 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom 9267 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, 9268 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 9269 9270 — Berlin, 2015-07-29 9271 9272CHANGES WITH 222: 9273 9274 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules. 9275 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need 9276 or should be used to work around such bugs. 9277 9278 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports 9279 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting. 9280 9281 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality 9282 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means, 9283 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide 9284 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version. 9285 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0. 9286 9287 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions= 9288 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions 9289 for Stateless Address") on selected networks. 9290 9291 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the 9292 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the 9293 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates 9294 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a 9295 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223. 9296 9297 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd 9298 9299 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera, 9300 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack, 9301 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric 9302 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario, 9303 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens 9304 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, 9305 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal 9306 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne, 9307 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein 9308 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 9309 9310 — Berlin, 2015-07-07 9311 9312CHANGES WITH 221: 9313 9314 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared 9315 stable and have been added to the official interface of 9316 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client 9317 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and 9318 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport 9319 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that 9320 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event 9321 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good 9322 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop 9323 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be 9324 portable to other kernels. 9325 9326 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now 9327 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at 9328 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and 9329 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying 9330 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel 9331 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel 9332 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously) 9333 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to 9334 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the 9335 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in 9336 systemd enabled. 9337 9338 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to 9339 2.26. 9340 9341 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in 9342 favor of calling an abstraction tool 9343 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be 9344 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS" 9345 in README for details. 9346 9347 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the 9348 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable" 9349 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both 9350 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the 9351 unit. 9352 9353 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc 9354 into man pages. 9355 9356 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an 9357 external project. 9358 9359 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate 9360 "raw" (machine parsable) output. 9361 9362 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the 9363 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not 9364 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel 9365 state. 9366 9367 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean 9368 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the 9369 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not. 9370 9371 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei 9372 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez, 9373 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, 9374 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed 9375 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario, 9376 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek, 9377 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang, 9378 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart 9379 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario 9380 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, 9381 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, 9382 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip 9383 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani, 9384 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein 9385 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner 9386 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 9387 9388 — Berlin, 2015-06-19 9389 9390CHANGES WITH 220: 9391 9392 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository 9393 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/ 9394 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions 9395 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use 9396 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included 9397 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please 9398 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel: 9399 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html 9400 9401 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each 9402 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed 9403 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the 9404 service consumed). This value is only available if 9405 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown 9406 in the "systemctl status" output. 9407 9408 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV 9409 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now 9410 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to 9411 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which 9412 previously was already the default behaviour). 9413 9414 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point 9415 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount 9416 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab). 9417 9418 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by 9419 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted 9420 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should 9421 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions. 9422 9423 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and 9424 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express 9425 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for 9426 journaling file systems that support external journal 9427 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file 9428 systems to be mounted. 9429 9430 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl 9431 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no 9432 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a 9433 stable release this should not be problematic. 9434 9435 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance 9436 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the 9437 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to 9438 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the 9439 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI. 9440 9441 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure 9442 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface 9443 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other 9444 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in 9445 network switches. 9446 9447 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP 9448 client identifier to use when requesting leases. 9449 9450 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to 9451 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP 9452 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd. 9453 9454 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels. 9455 9456 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable 9457 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface 9458 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP 9459 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global 9460 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is 9461 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to 9462 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is 9463 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn 9464 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option 9465 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the 9466 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has 9467 been fixed in v220. 9468 9469 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in 9470 systemd-networkd. 9471 9472 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit 9473 properties for the container scope. This is useful for 9474 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on 9475 containers started from the command line. 9476 9477 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make 9478 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels. 9479 9480 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline 9481 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed 9482 directly to the process invoked in the container, without 9483 indirection via a pseudo tty. 9484 9485 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX 9486 signal to use when killing the init process of the container 9487 when shutting down. 9488 9489 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting 9490 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel 9491 overlayfs support. 9492 9493 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and 9494 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device 9495 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file 9496 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to 9497 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback 9498 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container 9499 images are imported via systemd-importd. 9500 9501 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs 9502 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This 9503 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit". 9504 9505 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar, 9506 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It 9507 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top 9508 of v1 as before). 9509 9510 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded 9511 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported). 9512 9513 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are 9514 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also, 9515 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions 9516 without further privileges or authorization. 9517 9518 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was 9519 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns 9520 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This 9521 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is 9522 accessible via a bus interface. 9523 9524 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that 9525 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that 9526 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus 9527 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want 9528 to cover this functionality. 9529 9530 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask" 9531 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units 9532 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones 9533 disabled/masked also stopped. 9534 9535 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into 9536 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been 9537 updated to support systemd-boot. 9538 9539 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create 9540 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel, 9541 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release 9542 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a 9543 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one 9544 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created 9545 like this and can extract OS release information from them 9546 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful 9547 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes. 9548 9549 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass 9550 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file 9551 system. 9552 9553 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by 9554 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this 9555 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block 9556 devices explicitly that require device symlinks. 9557 9558 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been 9559 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to 9560 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev 9561 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h. 9562 9563 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing 9564 stick devices has been added. 9565 9566 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes 9567 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines. 9568 9569 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the 9570 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done 9571 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This 9572 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the 9573 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file. 9574 9575 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to 9576 human readable identifiers when writing them to the 9577 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages. 9578 9579 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip= 9580 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by 9581 Debian. 9582 9583 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for 9584 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a 9585 desktop edition, a server edition, …) 9586 9587 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy, 9588 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin 9589 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel, 9590 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž 9591 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian 9592 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel 9593 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David 9594 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov, 9595 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke, 9596 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López 9597 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan 9598 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John 9599 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay 9600 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas 9601 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz 9602 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel 9603 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett, 9604 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal 9605 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik 9606 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter 9607 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny 9608 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick, 9609 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker, 9610 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas 9611 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom 9612 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will 9613 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 9614 9615 — Berlin, 2015-05-22 9616 9617CHANGES WITH 219: 9618 9619 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware 9620 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query 9621 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev 9622 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper 9623 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to 9624 interface with and update the database. 9625 9626 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to 9627 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first, 9628 before bytewise copying is done. 9629 9630 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When 9631 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root 9632 directory, and immediately removed when the container 9633 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose 9634 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are 9635 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used 9636 for starting a container off the root file system of the 9637 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only 9638 available on btrfs file systems. 9639 9640 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the 9641 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree 9642 specified via --directory=, should that directory be 9643 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically, 9644 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file 9645 systems. 9646 9647 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple 9648 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of 9649 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no 9650 mount point remains. 9651 9652 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and 9653 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit 9654 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More 9655 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not 9656 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on 9657 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not 9658 supported if their respective kernel compile time options 9659 are disabled. 9660 9661 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and 9662 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running 9663 container to the host or vice versa. 9664 9665 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind 9666 mount host directories into local containers. This is 9667 currently only supported for nspawn containers. 9668 9669 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding 9670 database entries (fdb) from .network files. 9671 9672 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can 9673 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats, 9674 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so 9675 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG 9676 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no 9677 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently 9678 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary, 9679 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege 9680 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with 9681 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has 9682 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to 9683 make the functionality of importd available to the 9684 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud" 9685 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified 9686 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files 9687 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change 9688 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently 9689 only fully supported on btrfs. 9690 9691 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in 9692 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of 9693 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and 9694 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command 9695 "image-status" has been added that shows additional 9696 information about images. 9697 9698 * machinectl is now able to clone container images 9699 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports 9700 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also 9701 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as 9702 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on 9703 legacy file systems). 9704 9705 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network 9706 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is 9707 shown in networkctl output. 9708 9709 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for 9710 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is 9711 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing 9712 processes as system services while interactively 9713 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly 9714 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking 9715 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a 9716 full login session, the difference being that the former 9717 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session 9718 setup. 9719 9720 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating 9721 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy 9722 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a 9723 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now 9724 created like this at boot, should it be missing. 9725 9726 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and 9727 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has 9728 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both 9729 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for 9730 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable 9731 via qemu/kvm. 9732 9733 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory= 9734 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container 9735 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in 9736 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated 9737 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw 9738 disk images, too. 9739 9740 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is 9741 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on 9742 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to 9743 integrate with that. 9744 9745 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a 9746 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly 9747 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service", 9748 but handles escaping in a nicer way. 9749 9750 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree 9751 read-only into each container, with the exception of the 9752 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy. 9753 9754 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its 9755 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by 9756 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern 9757 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data 9758 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for 9759 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does 9760 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are 9761 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk 9762 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS 9763 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore. 9764 9765 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to 9766 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal 9767 files. 9768 9769 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors 9770 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure 9771 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon 9772 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next 9773 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are 9774 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the 9775 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr 9776 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors 9777 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API, 9778 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced 9779 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it 9780 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is 9781 explicitly turned on. 9782 9783 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a 9784 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now 9785 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still, 9786 but allows PgUp/PgDn work. 9787 9788 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now 9789 supported. 9790 9791 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will 9792 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the 9793 user/session following the status output. Similar, 9794 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines 9795 associated with a virtual machine or container 9796 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages 9797 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the 9798 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console 9799 output however.) 9800 9801 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now 9802 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar, 9803 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate", 9804 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without 9805 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the 9806 caller's session/user. 9807 9808 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads 9809 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd 9810 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve 9811 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd 9812 user services. 9813 9814 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the 9815 same way as unit files. 9816 9817 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring 9818 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4 9819 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to 9820 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that 9821 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get 9822 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any 9823 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on 9824 the host. 9825 9826 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP 9827 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place 9828 it is possible to run containers with private veth links 9829 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on 9830 the host as if their services were running directly on the 9831 host. 9832 9833 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short 9834 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly 9835 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been 9836 updated to make use of it too by default. 9837 9838 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to 9839 ensure that the same image is not started more than once 9840 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times 9841 simultaneously in read-only mode.) 9842 9843 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of 9844 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain 9845 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it 9846 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type 9847 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major 9848 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without 9849 modification. 9850 9851 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev 9852 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle 9853 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is 9854 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice 9855 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting 9856 information about Touchpad types. 9857 9858 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen 9859 dimension data and attach it to probed devices. 9860 9861 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy 9862 Policy link field. 9863 9864 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap", 9865 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices. 9866 9867 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting 9868 ACLs on files. 9869 9870 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to 9871 tmpfs, automatically. 9872 9873 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup 9874 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl 9875 status" output, if available. 9876 9877 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an 9878 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is 9879 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the 9880 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount 9881 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being 9882 run on next reboot. 9883 9884 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be 9885 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also, 9886 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus 9887 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become 9888 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now 9889 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is 9890 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system. 9891 9892 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for 9893 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up 9894 after a configurable timeout. 9895 9896 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically 9897 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or 9898 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is 9899 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep 9900 it non-idle. 9901 9902 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in 9903 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing. 9904 9905 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for 9906 each .network interface in networkd. 9907 9908 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope 9909 in .network files. 9910 9911 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists 9912 of multiple space-separated matches per item. 9913 9914 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser, 9915 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos 9916 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian 9917 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie, 9918 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, 9919 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald, 9920 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de 9921 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan 9922 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas 9923 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken 9924 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian, 9925 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, 9926 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko 9927 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, 9928 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas 9929 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul 9930 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert, 9931 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny 9932 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick, 9933 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain 9934 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom 9935 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar 9936 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland 9937 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 9938 9939 — Berlin, 2015-02-16 9940 9941CHANGES WITH 218: 9942 9943 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via 9944 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known 9945 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but 9946 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be. 9947 9948 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for 9949 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While 9950 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job 9951 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause 9952 a unit start operation and its job to fail. 9953 9954 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded". 9955 9956 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit 9957 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in 9958 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after 9959 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the 9960 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the 9961 modified configuration after editing. 9962 9963 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state 9964 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied) 9965 system preset files. 9966 9967 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname 9968 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing 9969 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable 9970 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are 9971 currently configured. Note that the name will only be 9972 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is 9973 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact 9974 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in 9975 other contexts. 9976 9977 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing 9978 inhibitors. 9979 9980 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean 9981 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the 9982 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily 9983 useful for systemd user instances as well as container 9984 managers. 9985 9986 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from 9987 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The 9988 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that 9989 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to 9990 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this 9991 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the 9992 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use 9993 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in 9994 parallel to journald. 9995 9996 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the 9997 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is 9998 available. 9999 10000 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and 10001 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the 10002 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk, 10003 or are not older than the specified time. 10004 10005 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network, 10006 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This 10007 library will be used in a future version of networkd to 10008 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon. 10009 10010 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that 10011 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture 10012 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is 10013 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then 10014 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus 10015 communication. 10016 10017 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows 10018 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all 10019 services. 10020 10021 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that 10022 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus, 10023 including their signature and values. This is particularly 10024 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by 10025 the new "busctl tree" command. 10026 10027 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call", 10028 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method 10029 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a 10030 friendly way. 10031 10032 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls 10033 whether the tool shall augment credential information it 10034 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly 10035 race-ful way. 10036 10037 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values 10038 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and 10039 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent 10040 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to 10041 --link-journal=try-guest. 10042 10043 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have 10044 stable MAC addresses. 10045 10046 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which 10047 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by 10048 the respective unit shall use. 10049 10050 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will 10051 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It 10052 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This 10053 requires libxkbcommon to be installed. 10054 10055 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata 10056 fields is now collected and included in the journal records 10057 created for it. More specifically, control group membership, 10058 environment variables, memory maps, working directory, 10059 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file 10060 descriptors is now stored in the log entry. 10061 10062 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For 10063 details see: 10064 10065 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html 10066 10067 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration 10068 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of 10069 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/, 10070 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with 10071 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following 10072 configuration files now have corresponding configuration 10073 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf, 10074 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf, 10075 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and 10076 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the 10077 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in 10078 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator. 10079 10080 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name 10081 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name 10082 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the 10083 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan, 10084 bluetooth, …) is used. 10085 10086 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been 10087 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during 10088 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty 10089 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID 10090 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully 10091 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly 10092 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get 10093 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots. 10094 10095 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of 10096 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the 10097 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network 10098 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source 10099 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new 10100 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the 10101 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files 10102 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU 10103 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network 10104 interface. 10105 10106 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring 10107 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming 10108 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new 10109 luks.name= argument. 10110 10111 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API 10112 (this was previously already available for scope and service 10113 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple 10114 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The 10115 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for 10116 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style. 10117 10118 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning 10119 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be 10120 used to assign SMACK labels to files. 10121 10122 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej 10123 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris 10124 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, 10125 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave 10126 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin 10127 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan 10128 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe 10129 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, 10130 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas 10131 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi, 10132 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal 10133 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter 10134 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode, 10135 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross 10136 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani, 10137 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, 10138 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert 10139 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 10140 10141 — Berlin, 2014-12-10 10142 10143CHANGES WITH 217: 10144 10145 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match 10146 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to 10147 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also 10148 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager. 10149 10150 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously 10151 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if 10152 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service 10153 now waits until the operation is complete. 10154 10155 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload 10156 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending 10157 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the 10158 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when 10159 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus 10160 connection. 10161 10162 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart 10163 commands anymore. 10164 10165 * User units are now loaded also from 10166 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the 10167 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously 10168 supported, but is under the control of the user. 10169 10170 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is 10171 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in 10172 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and 10173 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target" 10174 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains 10175 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency 10176 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to 10177 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in 10178 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least 10179 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min 10180 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This 10181 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability 10182 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might 10183 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and 10184 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase 10185 question. 10186 10187 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch 10188 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays 10189 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option). 10190 10191 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be 10192 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A 10193 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel 10194 command line to trigger resume. 10195 10196 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been 10197 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a 10198 single terminal on each session of the user marked as 10199 Desktop=systemd-console. 10200 10201 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by 10202 systemd-networkd. 10203 10204 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set 10205 from the information provided by the networking stack 10206 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option). 10207 10208 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and 10209 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7. 10210 10211 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3 10212 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to 10213 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load. 10214 10215 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar". 10216 10217 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many 10218 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for 10219 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the 10220 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using 10221 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively 10222 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed. 10223 10224 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options. 10225 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now 10226 respected. 10227 10228 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of 10229 virtualization. 10230 10231 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where 10232 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names. 10233 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that 10234 on. 10235 10236 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set: 10237 10238 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel 10239 10240 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default 10241 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps 10242 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be 10243 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads. 10244 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit 10245 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better. 10246 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast". 10247 10248 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is 10249 available for service units, that allows locking all service 10250 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit 10251 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them 10252 from the service's view entirely. 10253 10254 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file 10255 networkd has applied to a specific interface. 10256 10257 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to 10258 query which desktop environment has been selected for a 10259 session. 10260 10261 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support 10262 legacy-free systems. 10263 10264 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and 10265 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets 10266 easily. 10267 10268 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line 10269 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka 10270 rescue.target), which was previously available only by 10271 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel 10272 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely 10273 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line 10274 option. 10275 10276 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=, 10277 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=, 10278 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to 10279 /usr. 10280 10281 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of 10282 services, not only the main process. 10283 10284 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This 10285 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for 10286 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may 10287 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least 10288 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217. 10289 10290 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as 10291 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16, 10292 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update 10293 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X 10294 directly from now on, again. 10295 10296 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus 10297 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit 10298 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this 10299 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for 10300 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file 10301 enabling and disabling. 10302 10303 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for 10304 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of 10305 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in 10306 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are 10307 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a 10308 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is 10309 unnecessary or unlikely. 10310 10311 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also 10312 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and 10313 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting 10314 "annually", "hourly", …). 10315 10316 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev 10317 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is 10318 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!' 10319 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not 10320 overwritten at runtime. 10321 10322 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=) 10323 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be 10324 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order 10325 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is 10326 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in 10327 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a 10328 segmentation fault. 10329 10330 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov, 10331 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L. 10332 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, 10333 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David 10334 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner 10335 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger, 10336 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo 10337 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan 10338 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus 10339 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz 10340 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, 10341 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, 10342 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal 10343 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt, 10344 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard 10345 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof, 10346 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd 10347 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant 10348 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, 10349 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein 10350 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew 10351 Jędrzejewski-Szmek 10352 10353 — Berlin, 2014-10-28 10354 10355CHANGES WITH 216: 10356 10357 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from 10358 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP 10359 implementations should add a 10360 10361 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service 10362 10363 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP 10364 default functionality. 10365 10366 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring 10367 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups 10368 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column 10369 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be 10370 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user 10371 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for 10372 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create 10373 users before the first RPM file is installed since these 10374 files might need to be owned by them. A new 10375 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do 10376 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as 10377 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance 10378 compatibility with certain tools like grpck. 10379 10380 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to 10381 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain 10382 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support 10383 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be 10384 added eventually, too. 10385 10386 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the 10387 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the 10388 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with 10389 new command to update these fields. 10390 10391 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire 10392 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might 10393 have been discovered via DHCP. 10394 10395 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver 10396 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new 10397 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used 10398 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via 10399 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may 10400 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to 10401 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of 10402 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate 10403 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all 10404 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to 10405 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve 10406 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire 10407 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically, 10408 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool 10409 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to 10410 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements 10411 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending 10412 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the 10413 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD 10414 implementation to systemd-resolved. 10415 10416 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that 10417 automatically resolves the names of all local registered 10418 containers to their respective IP addresses. 10419 10420 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been 10421 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query 10422 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd, 10423 and present it to the user in a very friendly 10424 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full 10425 control utility for networkd. 10426 10427 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that 10428 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for 10429 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive 10430 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=, 10431 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for 10432 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added 10433 (NoDelay=). 10434 10435 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects 10436 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions. 10437 10438 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now 10439 be started only after time-sync.target has been 10440 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system 10441 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or 10442 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded 10443 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock. 10444 10445 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in 10446 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side 10447 of the link. 10448 10449 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running 10450 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated. 10451 10452 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux 10453 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one. 10454 10455 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support 10456 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to 10457 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode 10458 for DHCP. 10459 10460 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current 10461 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the 10462 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar 10463 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always 10464 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already 10465 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time 10466 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it, 10467 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot. 10468 10469 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline 10470 validation of unit files. 10471 10472 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional 10473 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for 10474 statically configured routes may now be configured. For 10475 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP 10476 address may now be configured. 10477 10478 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request 10479 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks. 10480 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should 10481 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes. 10482 10483 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when 10484 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully. 10485 10486 * udev will now default to respect network device names given 10487 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are 10488 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing 10489 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file. 10490 10491 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that 10492 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This 10493 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a 10494 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel 10495 implementation. 10496 10497 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push 10498 journal data to a remote system running 10499 systemd-journal-remote. 10500 10501 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another 10502 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because 10503 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog 10504 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and 10505 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since 10506 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is 10507 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this 10508 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog 10509 version, you have to turn this option on again 10510 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf). 10511 10512 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for 10513 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much 10514 better than XZ which was the previous default. 10515 10516 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers, 10517 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container. 10518 10519 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it 10520 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar. 10521 10522 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field 10523 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the 10524 "systemctl status" output for a service. 10525 10526 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that 10527 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone, 10528 hostname, root password) interactively on first 10529 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these 10530 things offline on OS images installed into directories. 10531 10532 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set 10533 10534 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1 10535 10536 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses 10537 when primary addresses are removed. 10538 10539 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin 10540 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel 10541 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis 10542 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald 10543 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann 10544 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin 10545 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, 10546 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael 10547 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, 10548 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert 10549 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef 10550 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas 10551 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets, 10552 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut 10553 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 10554 10555 — Berlin, 2014-08-19 10556 10557CHANGES WITH 215: 10558 10559 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool 10560 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and 10561 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group 10562 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to 10563 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with 10564 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and 10565 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships 10566 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic 10567 users and groups systemd and the core operating system 10568 require. 10569 10570 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the 10571 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing. 10572 10573 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of 10574 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default 10575 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man 10576 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the 10577 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man 10578 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no 10579 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place. 10580 10581 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that 10582 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var 10583 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in 10584 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc 10585 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the 10586 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an 10587 update or reset should use this condition and order 10588 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which 10589 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of 10590 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild 10591 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and 10592 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool 10593 described above also makes use of this now. With this in 10594 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating 10595 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the 10596 concepts involved see this recent blog story: 10597 10598 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html 10599 10600 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all 10601 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful 10602 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It 10603 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video". 10604 10605 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in 10606 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also 10607 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client 10608 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes 10609 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section 10610 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to 10611 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing 10612 .network files using settings of this section should be 10613 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the 10614 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server. 10615 10616 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well 10617 as tun/tap and dummy devices. 10618 10619 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address 10620 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of 10621 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large 10622 number of interfaces with a single network configuration 10623 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign 10624 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number 10625 of nspawn instances. 10626 10627 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt 10628 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been 10629 added. 10630 10631 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in 10632 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically 10633 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate 10634 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the 10635 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the 10636 configuration stored in /etc. 10637 10638 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting 10639 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive 10640 parsing of unknown mount options. 10641 10642 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink 10643 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should 10644 it already exist and not already be the correct 10645 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been 10646 added as well, which create block and character devices, as 10647 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any 10648 pre-existing files of different types. 10649 10650 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final 10651 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to 10652 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the 10653 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the 10654 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc 10655 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults 10656 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc. 10657 10658 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that 10659 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit 10660 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that 10661 controls whether only enable or only disable operations 10662 shall be executed. 10663 10664 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added 10665 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for 10666 example whether it is fully up and running. 10667 10668 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent 10669 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to 10670 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory 10671 reset. 10672 10673 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the 10674 most basic services systemd ships by default. 10675 10676 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance= 10677 field for defining the default instance to create if a 10678 template unit is enabled with no instance specified. 10679 10680 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added 10681 that may be used by services that need to make they run and 10682 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up. 10683 10684 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes 10685 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up 10686 access to this group. 10687 10688 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a 10689 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system, 10690 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged 10691 to the journal. 10692 10693 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly 10694 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed), 10695 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This 10696 mode is the new default. A new configuration file 10697 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this 10698 and other parameters of systemd-coredump. 10699 10700 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a 10701 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added 10702 that makes sure to only show information about the most 10703 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is 10704 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary 10705 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain 10706 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from 10707 the old name to the new name. 10708 10709 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure 10710 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with 10711 coredumpctl without restrictions. 10712 10713 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for 10714 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask=" 10715 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and 10716 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9) 10717 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator 10718 "systemd-debug-generator". 10719 10720 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of 10721 syscalls for containers, among them those required for 10722 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap 10723 management, and kexec. Most importantly though 10724 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers, 10725 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability 10726 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the 10727 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for 10728 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and 10729 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is 10730 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems. 10731 10732 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that 10733 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system 10734 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS 10735 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has 10736 been added to query many of these paths for the local 10737 machine and user. 10738 10739 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no 10740 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size 10741 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary, 10742 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this 10743 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled. 10744 10745 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories, 10746 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library 10747 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a 10748 couple of drop-in directories. 10749 10750 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port 10751 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to 10752 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should 10753 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need 10754 for dev_port. 10755 10756 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a 10757 container (read from /etc/os-release and 10758 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in 10759 "machinectl status" for a machine. 10760 10761 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been 10762 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process 10763 return values, the service will be restarted when the main 10764 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the 10765 Restart= setting. 10766 10767 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd 10768 machines has been extended so that it may be used to 10769 directly connect to a specific container on the 10770 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as 10771 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to 10772 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to 10773 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering 10774 containers is a privileged operation. 10775 10776 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender, 10777 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian 10778 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene 10779 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo 10780 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart 10781 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine 10782 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, 10783 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le 10784 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan, 10785 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe 10786 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar 10787 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 10788 10789 — Berlin, 2014-07-03 10790 10791CHANGES WITH 214: 10792 10793 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the 10794 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it 10795 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions. 10796 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the 10797 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary 10798 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event 10799 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk 10800 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition 10801 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed 10802 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions. 10803 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to 10804 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific 10805 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper 10806 devices are excluded from this logic. 10807 10808 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations, 10809 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux 10810 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict, 10811 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this 10812 change has been released. 10813 10814 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long 10815 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and 10816 libattr is thus unnecessary. 10817 10818 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This 10819 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires 10820 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run 10821 with fewer privileges. 10822 10823 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network" 10824 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE, 10825 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but 10826 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way. 10827 10828 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own 10829 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining. 10830 10831 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own 10832 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining. 10833 10834 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth" 10835 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well 10836 as GRE and VTI tunnels. 10837 10838 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to 10839 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel 10840 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them 10841 automatically when required. This only works correctly on 10842 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding 10843 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around. 10844 10845 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been 10846 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from 10847 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it. 10848 10849 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=, 10850 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data 10851 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system 10852 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows 10853 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid 10854 modifications of user data or system files from 10855 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all 10856 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate. 10857 10858 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup= 10859 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets 10860 and FIFOs in the file system. 10861 10862 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled, 10863 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed 10864 when the specific socket unit is stopped. 10865 10866 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list 10867 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs 10868 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to 10869 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as 10870 the socket itself. 10871 10872 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to 10873 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows 10874 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is 10875 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable, 10876 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring 10877 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and 10878 symlinks, and nothing else. 10879 10880 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and 10881 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and 10882 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of 10883 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is 10884 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different 10885 process (for example, the parent process). The 10886 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this 10887 when sending messages (so that notification messages now 10888 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and 10889 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize 10890 a race where systemd fails to associate notification 10891 messages to services when the originating process already 10892 vanished. 10893 10894 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If 10895 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal" 10896 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean 10897 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but 10898 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean 10899 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for 10900 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to 10901 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by 10902 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure 10903 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for 10904 all long-running services. 10905 10906 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a 10907 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within 10908 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make 10909 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective 10910 service. 10911 10912 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and 10913 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively 10914 applied to all submounts, too. 10915 10916 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs. 10917 10918 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed 10919 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now 10920 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units 10921 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a 10922 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the 10923 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number 10924 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays. 10925 10926 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered 10927 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection 10928 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to 10929 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged 10930 (domU) domains. 10931 10932 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying 10933 files or entire directories. 10934 10935 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z" 10936 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the 10937 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is 10938 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed 10939 from the documentation, even though it stays supported. 10940 10941 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in 10942 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run → 10943 /run symlink and create a couple of structural 10944 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or 10945 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS 10946 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all 10947 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner 10948 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so 10949 that they are able to automatically create their necessary 10950 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is 10951 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require 10952 the vendor image for /usr to boot. 10953 10954 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an 10955 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is 10956 particularly useful for making use of the automatic 10957 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var. 10958 10959 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be 10960 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked 10961 by whether the existing file or directory is currently 10962 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified, 10963 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all 10964 non-directories. 10965 10966 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been 10967 added which is useful for services that shall run before any 10968 network is configured, for example firewall scripts. 10969 10970 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd* 10971 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used 10972 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of 10973 this group. 10974 10975 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian 10976 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David 10977 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers, 10978 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny 10979 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel 10980 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew 10981 Jędrzejewski-Szmek 10982 10983 — Berlin, 2014-06-11 10984 10985CHANGES WITH 213: 10986 10987 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for 10988 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It 10989 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP 10990 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server, 10991 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with 10992 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from 10993 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to 10994 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or 10995 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP 10996 client should be more than appropriate for most 10997 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and 10998 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when 10999 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the 11000 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been 11001 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock 11002 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that 11003 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices, 11004 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these 11005 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of 11006 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync" 11007 needs to be created on installation of systemd. 11008 11009 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as 11010 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as 11011 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are 11012 part of a different namespace. 11013 11014 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained 11015 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also 11016 for all local containers, similar in style to the already 11017 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units". 11018 11019 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service 11020 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument 11021 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=. 11022 11023 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service 11024 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger 11025 when a service fails. This works similarly to 11026 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done 11027 immediately rather than only after several attempts to 11028 restart the service in question. 11029 11030 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name, 11031 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for 11032 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch. 11033 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display 11034 details when running non-locally. 11035 11036 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the 11037 graphs it generates. 11038 11039 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for 11040 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this 11041 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the 11042 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the 11043 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle. 11044 11045 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support. 11046 11047 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now 11048 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply 11049 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to 11050 what it was on SysV systems. 11051 11052 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control 11053 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot. 11054 11055 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore 11056 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain 11057 application-specific extension sections in unit files. 11058 11059 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of 11060 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated 11061 to show these addresses in its output. 11062 11063 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the 11064 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a 11065 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the 11066 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is 11067 preferred over a text one. 11068 11069 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It 11070 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and 11071 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS 11072 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run 11073 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and 11074 mDNS cache. 11075 11076 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by 11077 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network 11078 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates 11079 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense 11080 of network configuration performed in some other way. 11081 11082 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and 11083 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to 11084 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during 11085 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services 11086 differently during bootup than during normal runtime. 11087 11088 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically 11089 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to 11090 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by 11091 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname 11092 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings 11093 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always 11094 overrides any other settings. 11095 11096 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van 11097 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, 11098 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann, 11099 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco 11100 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg 11101 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan 11102 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark, 11103 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas 11104 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, 11105 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael 11106 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis 11107 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode, 11108 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter, 11109 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler, 11110 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar 11111 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew 11112 Jędrzejewski-Szmek 11113 11114 — Beijing, 2014-05-28 11115 11116CHANGES WITH 212: 11117 11118 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from 11119 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available 11120 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This 11121 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a 11122 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum 11123 by accident. 11124 11125 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to 11126 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine 11127 registered with machined. 11128 11129 * sd-login gained new calls 11130 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(), 11131 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX 11132 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz() 11133 counterparts. 11134 11135 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine 11136 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded", 11137 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system 11138 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed 11139 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This 11140 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit 11141 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in 11142 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at 11143 once. 11144 11145 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl" 11146 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system 11147 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them. 11148 11149 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate 11150 units on all local containers, when used with the 11151 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is 11152 executed when no parameters are specified). 11153 11154 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour 11155 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to 11156 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set 11157 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery. 11158 11159 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root 11160 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not 11161 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on 11162 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is 11163 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of 11164 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option. 11165 11166 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's 11167 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the 11168 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations 11169 of the container. 11170 11171 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned 11172 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that 11173 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC 11174 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message 11175 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message 11176 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle 11177 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may 11178 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf. 11179 11180 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a 11181 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory, 11182 instead of /. 11183 11184 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all 11185 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all 11186 emergency messages now. 11187 11188 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream 11189 journal log messages across the network. 11190 11191 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup 11192 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the 11193 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a 11194 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc 11195 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can 11196 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available 11197 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups). 11198 11199 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power 11200 down a local OS container. 11201 11202 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the 11203 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and 11204 imply DevicePolicy=closed. 11205 11206 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used 11207 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where 11208 this is appropriate. 11209 11210 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount 11211 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to 11212 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties. 11213 11214 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into 11215 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring" 11216 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication 11217 for debugging purposes. 11218 11219 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX 11220 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value 11221 in seconds. 11222 11223 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap 11224 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious 11225 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls 11226 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please 11227 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd, 11228 like on traditional inetd. 11229 11230 * A new system.conf configuration option 11231 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the 11232 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units. 11233 11234 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled, 11235 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume 11236 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most 11237 do these days). 11238 11239 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled, 11240 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have 11241 been last triggered. This information is then used on next 11242 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that 11243 could not take place because the system was powered off. 11244 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units. 11245 11246 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a 11247 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time 11248 it will be triggered. 11249 11250 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL 11251 addresses to its local interfaces. 11252 11253 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack, 11254 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg 11255 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh 11256 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine 11257 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna, 11258 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler, 11259 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, 11260 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew 11261 Jędrzejewski-Szmek 11262 11263 — Berlin, 2014-03-25 11264 11265CHANGES WITH 211: 11266 11267 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been 11268 added to restrict which socket address families unit 11269 processes gain access to. This takes address family names 11270 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the 11271 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This 11272 is built on seccomp system call filters. 11273 11274 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and 11275 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to 11276 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is 11277 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with 11278 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime 11279 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that 11280 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This 11281 is particularly useful when writing services that drop 11282 privileges using the User= or Group= setting. 11283 11284 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for 11285 matching against device group names. 11286 11287 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new 11288 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=, 11289 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting 11290 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These 11291 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit 11292 though. 11293 11294 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and 11295 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It 11296 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in 11297 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following 11298 the Discoverable Partitions Specification 11299 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/) 11300 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without 11301 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on 11302 systems prepared appropriately. 11303 11304 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows 11305 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block 11306 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification 11307 (see above). This means that installations made with 11308 appropriately updated installers may now be started and 11309 deployed using container managers, completely 11310 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for 11311 this feature soon, too.) 11312 11313 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to 11314 set up a private macvlan interface for the 11315 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new 11316 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files. 11317 11318 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses 11319 using IPv4LL. 11320 11321 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to 11322 synchronously wait for network connectivity using 11323 systemd-networkd. 11324 11325 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for 11326 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is 11327 still not a public API though (unless you specify 11328 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however 11329 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee). 11330 11331 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are 11332 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of 11333 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual 11334 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients 11335 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by 11336 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting 11337 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows 11338 controlling the default size limit for all users. It 11339 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no 11340 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel 11341 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still 11342 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged 11343 users. 11344 11345 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending 11346 on laptop lid close when more than one display is 11347 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented 11348 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME), 11349 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a 11350 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have 11351 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor 11352 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system 11353 due to a closed lid. 11354 11355 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system 11356 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before 11357 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This 11358 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to 11359 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in 11360 order to then act as suspend blocker. 11361 11362 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows 11363 initialization of resource control properties (and others) 11364 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run 11365 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run 11366 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight. 11367 11368 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches 11369 now also work in --scope mode. 11370 11371 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support 11372 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling 11373 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility 11374 promises are made.) 11375 11376 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin 11377 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, 11378 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay 11379 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, 11380 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt, 11381 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef 11382 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas 11383 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom 11384 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook, 11385 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 11386 11387 — Berlin, 2014-03-12 11388 11389CHANGES WITH 210: 11390 11391 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy 11392 according to SMACK rules. 11393 11394 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to 11395 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit. 11396 11397 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added 11398 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as 11399 reported by uname()'s "machine" field. 11400 11401 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system 11402 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname 11403 and machine ID. 11404 11405 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the 11406 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only 11407 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid 11408 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the 11409 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can 11410 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo 11411 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately 11412 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been 11413 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a 11414 backpack or similar. 11415 11416 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction 11417 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind 11418 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed 11419 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK 11420 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking 11421 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this 11422 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop 11423 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an 11424 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch 11425 this on its own. 11426 11427 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by 11428 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual 11429 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as 11430 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices. 11431 11432 * We will now ship a default .network file for 11433 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for 11434 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or 11435 --network-bridge= switches. 11436 11437 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes 11438 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when 11439 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay 11440 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software 11441 metrics, according to what is customary according to 11442 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for 11443 each configuration option. 11444 11445 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to 11446 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on 11447 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts", 11448 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs 11449 at once. 11450 11451 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of 11452 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event 11453 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for 11454 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are 11455 triggered by other work being done in the program. 11456 11457 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses 11458 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be 11459 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by 11460 default however. 11461 11462 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the 11463 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if 11464 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth 11465 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on 11466 the host, for example to apply different configuration to 11467 them with systemd-networkd. 11468 11469 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so, 11470 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and 11471 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC 11472 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times 11473 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint 11474 is drastically increased, but given that these are 11475 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter 11476 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM 11477 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM 11478 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain 11479 for other architectures like x86 and does not support 11480 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only 11481 during a transitional period! 11482 11483 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented 11484 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead. 11485 11486 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters, 11487 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, 11488 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper 11489 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach, 11490 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike 11491 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe 11492 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, 11493 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 11494 11495 — Berlin, 2014-02-24 11496 11497CHANGES WITH 209: 11498 11499 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can 11500 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or 11501 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and 11502 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network 11503 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd, 11504 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple, 11505 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This 11506 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard 11507 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single 11508 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet 11509 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge, 11510 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more. 11511 11512 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can 11513 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is 11514 useful for adding socket activation support to services that 11515 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual 11516 machines and the like. 11517 11518 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on 11519 shutdown/boot. 11520 11521 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to 11522 display backlights on shutdown/boot. 11523 11524 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device 11525 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For 11526 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is 11527 prepared for additional security frameworks. 11528 11529 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes 11530 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can 11531 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type, 11532 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed, 11533 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC 11534 address assignment policy (randomized, …). 11535 11536 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for 11537 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy= 11538 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the 11539 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC, 11540 path). The default value of this setting is determined by 11541 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old 11542 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been 11543 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should 11544 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead. 11545 11546 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also 11547 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry. 11548 11549 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is 11550 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library 11551 implementation. 11552 11553 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is 11554 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and 11555 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that 11556 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little 11557 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new 11558 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service 11559 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname 11560 and .service units. 11561 11562 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows 11563 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const 11564 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties. 11565 11566 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus 11567 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces, 11568 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and 11569 nothing makes use of it. 11570 11571 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting 11572 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full 11573 compatibility with classic D-Bus. 11574 11575 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the 11576 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for 11577 compatibility purposes. 11578 11579 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a 11580 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a 11581 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking: 11582 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer 11583 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide 11584 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog 11585 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child 11586 process handling. 11587 11588 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API 11589 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in 11590 style to "sd-bus.h". 11591 11592 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a 11593 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by 11594 "systemd-networkd". 11595 11596 * There is a new kernel command line option 11597 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the 11598 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware 11599 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states 11600 are not restored. 11601 11602 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units 11603 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the 11604 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require 11605 PID1's support for that anymore. 11606 11607 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists 11608 recent boots with their times and boot IDs. 11609 11610 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl, 11611 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to 11612 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct 11613 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any 11614 container that is registered with machined, such as those 11615 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn. 11616 11617 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H" 11618 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly 11619 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs 11620 onto remote systems. 11621 11622 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty 11623 login in any local container. This works with any container 11624 that is registered with machined (such as those created by 11625 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside. 11626 11627 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to 11628 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered 11629 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init 11630 system of some kind. 11631 11632 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice 11633 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse 11634 next. 11635 11636 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the 11637 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the 11638 reboot() system call. 11639 11640 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the 11641 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of 11642 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are 11643 still available but not advertised anymore. 11644 11645 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure 11646 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default 11647 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden 11648 within each Unit. 11649 11650 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security 11651 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to 11652 the kernel). 11653 11654 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include 11655 timestamps (following the setting in 11656 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time). 11657 11658 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special 11659 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent) 11660 11661 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new 11662 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min. 11663 11664 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that 11665 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network 11666 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used. 11667 11668 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs 11669 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the 11670 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that 11671 the full configuration is shown. 11672 11673 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz" 11674 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on 11675 those commands which take multiple unit names. 11676 11677 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing. 11678 11679 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so 11680 that systemd automatically notices when they hang. 11681 11682 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set, 11683 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each 11684 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request 11685 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed. 11686 11687 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when 11688 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are 11689 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user 11690 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user. 11691 11692 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output 11693 of the legend text. 11694 11695 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls: 11696 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(), 11697 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about 11698 remote sessions. 11699 11700 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product 11701 information of SDIO devices. 11702 11703 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to 11704 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by 11705 the system manager. 11706 11707 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a 11708 short description of the connection parameters in the 11709 description. 11710 11711 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used, 11712 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with 11713 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those 11714 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles 11715 directives into those that can be safely executed at any 11716 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for 11717 example, a line that creates /run/nologin). 11718 11719 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple 11720 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution 11721 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's 11722 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most 11723 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does 11724 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate 11725 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS, 11726 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been 11727 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd. 11728 11729 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h", 11730 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries 11731 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so, 11732 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have 11733 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which 11734 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic 11735 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's 11736 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking 11737 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these 11738 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain 11739 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it 11740 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there 11741 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd 11742 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", 11743 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this 11744 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus 11745 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part 11746 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never 11747 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition 11748 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we 11749 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which 11750 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the 11751 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one. 11752 11753 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h", 11754 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", 11755 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the 11756 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by 11757 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable 11758 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the 11759 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We 11760 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for 11761 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge 11762 that you are aware of the instability of the current 11763 APIs. 11764 11765 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete, 11766 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you 11767 can build a fully working system with all features; however, 11768 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in 11769 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will 11770 declare the APIs stable. 11771 11772 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified, 11773 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At 11774 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus 11775 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus" 11776 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and 11777 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system 11778 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned 11779 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future 11780 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with 11781 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only 11782 one of them is updated. 11783 11784 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which 11785 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the 11786 service manager so that it is inherited by services started 11787 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like 11788 $DISPLAY into the user service manager. 11789 11790 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units 11791 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev 11792 directory that does not contain any device nodes for 11793 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices 11794 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API 11795 entry points. 11796 11797 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT 11798 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes 11799 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat 11800 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has 11801 been disabled at compile-time. 11802 11803 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown 11804 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its 11805 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that 11806 cause slow suspends or power-offs. 11807 11808 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot= 11809 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating 11810 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading. 11811 11812 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and 11813 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may 11814 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes. 11815 11816 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a 11817 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give 11818 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for. 11819 11820 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time 11821 remains until jobs expire. 11822 11823 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible 11824 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the 11825 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon 11826 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to 11827 all remaining processes of the service. 11828 11829 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller" 11830 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a 11831 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut 11832 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into 11833 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now 11834 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the 11835 manager process which created them takes no further 11836 responsibilities for it. 11837 11838 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify 11839 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain 11840 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it 11841 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are 11842 marked executable or world-writable. 11843 11844 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set 11845 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in 11846 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to 11847 "--setenv=" for consistency. 11848 11849 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain 11850 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each 11851 container to have its own set of system and user buses, 11852 independent of the host. 11853 11854 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run 11855 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both 11856 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special 11857 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities. 11858 11859 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers 11860 with specific SELinux labels set. 11861 11862 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate 11863 any additional output but the container's own console 11864 output. 11865 11866 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a 11867 container without PID namespacing enabled. 11868 11869 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control 11870 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or 11871 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full 11872 OS images, but only specific apps. 11873 11874 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used 11875 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and 11876 results in registration of the unit service itself in 11877 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit. 11878 11879 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for 11880 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new 11881 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection 11882 between host and container. The new --network-bridge= 11883 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual 11884 Ethernet connection to a bridge device. 11885 11886 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for 11887 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is 11888 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A 11889 similar option Personality= is now also available for service 11890 units to use. 11891 11892 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each 11893 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is 11894 useful for desktop environments that want to identify 11895 multiple running sessions of itself easily. 11896 11897 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been 11898 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution 11899 context for a service. 11900 11901 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for 11902 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will 11903 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as 11904 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to 11905 influence this logic. 11906 11907 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of 11908 the libseccomp library instead of using its own 11909 implementation. This has benefits for portability among 11910 other things. 11911 11912 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new 11913 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that 11914 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned 11915 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the 11916 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to 11917 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture 11918 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary 11919 architectures). There is also a global 11920 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn 11921 off support for non-native system calls system-wide. 11922 11923 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(), 11924 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file. 11925 11926 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov, 11927 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera, 11928 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, 11929 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J 11930 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa, 11931 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov, 11932 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo 11933 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor 11934 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld, 11935 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose 11936 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg, 11937 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz 11938 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, 11939 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de 11940 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael 11941 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, 11942 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, 11943 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien 11944 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, 11945 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else, 11946 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, 11947 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav 11948 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang 11949 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 11950 11951 — Berlin, 2014-02-20 11952 11953CHANGES WITH 208: 11954 11955 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input 11956 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is 11957 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar 11958 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and 11959 access input and drm devices which are normally 11960 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough) 11961 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to 11962 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it 11963 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure 11964 session switching without allowing background sessions to 11965 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces 11966 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the 11967 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0. 11968 11969 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood 11970 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS 11971 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=. 11972 11973 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in 11974 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now 11975 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and 11976 kernel version number. 11977 11978 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which 11979 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file 11980 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not. 11981 11982 * This release removes high-level support for the 11983 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel 11984 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly 11985 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its 11986 current form, hence we should not expose it for now. 11987 11988 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for 11989 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup 11990 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in 11991 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode 11992 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical 11993 cgroup system. 11994 11995 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal 11996 messages containing the slice a message was generated 11997 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of 11998 logs among other things. 11999 12000 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal 12001 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we 12002 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the 12003 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the 12004 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that 12005 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for 12006 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from 12007 journald which would be necessary to resolve 12008 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might 12009 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to 12010 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are 12011 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which 12012 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in 12013 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are 12014 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every 12015 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after 12016 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is 12017 not delayed until next reboot. 12018 12019 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into 12020 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all 12021 systemd generated files in one directory. 12022 12023 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by 12024 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT 12025 performance information if that's available to determine how 12026 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With 12027 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot 12028 with Gummiboot to get access to such information. 12029 12030 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters, 12031 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David 12032 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao 12033 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart 12034 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, 12035 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty, 12036 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 12037 12038 — Berlin, 2013-10-02 12039 12040CHANGES WITH 207: 12041 12042 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new 12043 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service 12044 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep 12045 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=). 12046 12047 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a 12048 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only 12049 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all 12050 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is 12051 specified on the kernel command line less important. 12052 12053 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to 12054 retrieve the VT number of a session. 12055 12056 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab 12057 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any 12058 maximum number of tries. 12059 12060 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID 12061 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists 12062 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files. 12063 12064 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names 12065 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths. 12066 12067 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take 12068 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that 12069 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist. 12070 12071 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new 12072 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but 12073 shows timestamps with usec accuracy. 12074 12075 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now 12076 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact, 12077 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember 12078 and type). 12079 12080 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now 12081 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before. 12082 12083 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight 12084 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the 12085 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and 12086 restore it as early as possible during reboot. 12087 12088 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap 12089 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place 12090 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can 12091 discover certain partitions located on the root disk 12092 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their 12093 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap 12094 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID 12095 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f. 12096 12097 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel 12098 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an 12099 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command 12100 line systemd.setenv= assignment. 12101 12102 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file 12103 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked 12104 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing 12105 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it 12106 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the 12107 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a 12108 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!) 12109 12110 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands 12111 have been moved to systemd-analyze. 12112 12113 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch, 12114 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up 12115 automatically after the process terminated. 12116 12117 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude 12118 certain paths from operation. 12119 12120 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk 12121 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG 12122 is received. 12123 12124 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian 12125 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal, 12126 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George 12127 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, 12128 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, 12129 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering, 12130 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel 12131 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, 12132 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał 12133 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn 12134 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe 12135 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao, 12136 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 12137 12138 — Berlin, 2013-09-13 12139 12140CHANGES WITH 206: 12141 12142 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new 12143 concepts introduced with 205. 12144 12145 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which 12146 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname 12147 -r". 12148 12149 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by 12150 load state, active state and sub state, using the new 12151 --state= parameter. 12152 12153 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the 12154 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of 12155 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to 12156 the journal. 12157 12158 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a 12159 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot, 12160 but the syntax is substantially more powerful. 12161 12162 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the 12163 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used 12164 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue 12165 browsing logs from that point on. 12166 12167 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration 12168 of an FSS key. 12169 12170 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev 12171 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod 12172 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta 12173 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would 12174 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this 12175 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual 12176 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly 12177 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod 12178 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the 12179 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the 12180 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and 12181 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles 12182 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the 12183 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely. 12184 12185 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead" 12186 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to 12187 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the 12188 backing module right-away. 12189 12190 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply 12191 tmpfiles configuration during package installation. 12192 12193 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can 12194 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML). 12195 12196 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities 12197 set of processes in the message metadata. 12198 12199 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes. 12200 12201 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically, 12202 support for passing performance data via environment 12203 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been 12204 removed). These features were non-essential, and are 12205 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in 12206 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd 12207 deserialize it again. 12208 12209 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard 12210 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release 12211 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev 12212 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file. 12213 12214 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line 12215 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a 12216 completely silent shutdown when used. 12217 12218 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket 12219 option in .socket units. 12220 12221 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template 12222 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly 12223 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now 12224 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than 12225 system.slice as before. 12226 12227 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time. 12228 12229 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald 12230 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan 12231 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart 12232 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael 12233 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden, 12234 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William 12235 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 12236 12237 — Berlin, 2013-07-23 12238 12239CHANGES WITH 205: 12240 12241 * Two new unit types have been introduced: 12242 12243 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are 12244 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1 12245 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is 12246 possible for system services and applications to group their 12247 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way 12248 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them 12249 together, or apply resource limits on them. 12250 12251 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an 12252 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By 12253 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all 12254 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions), 12255 machine.slice (for VMs and containers). 12256 12257 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in 12258 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a 12259 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1 12260 creates/removes/manages cgroups. 12261 12262 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to 12263 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime, 12264 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this 12265 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as 12266 independent services, with all execution parameters passed 12267 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units 12268 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was, 12269 and useful as a general batch manager. 12270 12271 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units 12272 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get 12273 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added 12274 as scope units. We also added support for automatically 12275 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the 12276 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup 12277 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1 12278 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since 12279 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1 12280 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive. 12281 12282 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which 12283 may be used by virtualization managers to register local 12284 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and 12285 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit 12286 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign 12287 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected 12288 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool, 12289 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl 12290 is compile-time optional. 12291 12292 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration 12293 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=, 12294 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been 12295 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as 12296 well as slice units. 12297 12298 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter 12299 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily 12300 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way, 12301 but will be extended later on to make more properties 12302 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties 12303 command that wraps this call. 12304 12305 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to 12306 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes, 12307 while configuring a number of settings via the command 12308 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already 12309 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow 12310 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the 12311 command line, similar in fashion to "at". 12312 12313 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with 12314 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn 12315 off audit. 12316 12317 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security 12318 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added. 12319 12320 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel 12321 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user" 12322 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs 12323 and system logs. 12324 12325 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in 12326 snippets extending unit files. 12327 12328 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still 12329 not available as public API. 12330 12331 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel 12332 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what 12333 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before. 12334 12335 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been 12336 added to configure the default.target symlink, which 12337 controls what to boot into by default. 12338 12339 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient 12340 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold. 12341 12342 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various 12343 generators needed for execution, as well as information 12344 about the unit file loading. 12345 12346 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call 12347 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a 12348 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we 12349 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all 12350 files from the system, as opening individual files only is 12351 racy due to journal file rotation. 12352 12353 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in 12354 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for 12355 all services. 12356 12357 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the 12358 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically 12359 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=, 12360 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if 12361 system services want to log events about specific client 12362 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use 12363 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific 12364 unit is requested. 12365 12366 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters, 12367 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave 12368 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco 12369 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander 12370 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan 12371 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart 12372 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer, 12373 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer, 12374 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan, 12375 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern, 12376 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, 12377 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, 12378 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준 12379 12380CHANGES WITH 204: 12381 12382 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs 12383 exposed by libsystemd-logind. 12384 12385 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since 12386 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only 12387 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome! 12388 12389 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering, 12390 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 12391 12392CHANGES WITH 203: 12393 12394 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if 12395 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it. 12396 12397 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a 12398 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute 12399 fields, including the root directory. 12400 12401 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All 12402 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup 12403 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are 12404 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in 12405 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in 12406 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup 12407 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision 12408 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work 12409 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the 12410 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of 12411 these objects without causing naming conflicts. 12412 12413 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches 12414 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before. 12415 12416 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that 12417 have taken an inhibitor lock. 12418 12419 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost" 12420 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and 12421 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and 12422 the local hostname. 12423 12424 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call 12425 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and 12426 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and 12427 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch 12428 VMs/containers coming and going. 12429 12430 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in 12431 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in 12432 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198. 12433 12434 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that 12435 determines the slowest chain of units run during system 12436 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where 12437 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial. 12438 12439 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in 12440 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in 12441 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.) 12442 12443 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may 12444 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system 12445 services. With the container's root directory in 12446 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run 12447 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it. 12448 12449 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only 12450 the processes within a certain container. 12451 12452 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still 12453 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition 12454 check though. Patches welcome! 12455 12456 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been 12457 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation 12458 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate" 12459 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel 12460 "freeze" state accessible to the user. 12461 12462 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape 12463 the passed argument if applicable. 12464 12465 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, 12466 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, 12467 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh 12468 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, 12469 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel 12470 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom 12471 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew 12472 Jędrzejewski-Szmek 12473 12474CHANGES WITH 202: 12475 12476 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The 12477 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new 12478 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows 12479 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the 12480 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket 12481 units activate. 12482 12483 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial 12484 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental) 12485 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange 12486 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not 12487 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case 12488 for now, and not installable. 12489 12490 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service' 12491 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and 12492 can run in conjunction with udev. 12493 12494 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit() 12495 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running 12496 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as 12497 session manager. 12498 12499 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine 12500 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd 12501 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a 12502 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system 12503 services, user processes and containers/virtual 12504 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick 12505 stable names to specific container instances, which can be 12506 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled 12507 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also 12508 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the 12509 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to. 12510 12511 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal. 12512 12513 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call 12514 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the 12515 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex 12516 logical expressions. 12517 12518 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit= 12519 switches. 12520 12521 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel 12522 command line switch for specifying a file to read the 12523 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not 12524 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting 12525 the user. 12526 12527 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently 12528 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was 12529 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader 12530 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in 12531 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about 12532 an entry. 12533 12534 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer, 12535 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart 12536 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer, 12537 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt, 12538 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks, 12539 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 12540 12541CHANGES WITH 201: 12542 12543 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root= 12544 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root 12545 directory. 12546 12547 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running 12548 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over 12549 processes. We will now print the name of these processes 12550 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a 12551 problem. 12552 12553 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on 12554 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be 12555 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first 12556 before the key file is attempted to be read. 12557 12558 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the 12559 network sockets a socket unit is listening on. 12560 12561 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any 12562 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration 12563 files in this context are files such as 12564 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf) 12565 12566 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of 12567 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between 12568 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine 12569 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire 12570 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated 12571 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools. 12572 12573 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN 12574 hostnames. 12575 12576 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been 12577 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions 12578 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional 12579 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s" 12580 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s 12581 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms 12582 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve 12583 all time-related output of systemd. 12584 12585 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new 12586 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll() 12587 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event 12588 loops. 12589 12590 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps 12591 (models, layouts, variants, options). 12592 12593 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for 12594 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller, 12595 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple 12596 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or 12597 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with. 12598 12599 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck, 12600 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly 12601 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau, 12602 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal 12603 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, 12604 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav 12605 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach 12606 12607CHANGES WITH 200: 12608 12609 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media 12610 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which 12611 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time 12612 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead 12613 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a 12614 middle ground between physical and access time order. 12615 12616 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage 12617 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS 12618 images. 12619 12620 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, 12621 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín 12622 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 12623 12624CHANGES WITH 199: 12625 12626 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon. 12627 12628 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO 12629 security policy. 12630 12631 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=, 12632 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has 12633 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now 12634 shared by all processes of a service (which means 12635 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of 12636 the same service can still access). When a service is 12637 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted 12638 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to 12639 this though). 12640 12641 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl 12642 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned 12643 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing 12644 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink 12645 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should 12646 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems. 12647 12648 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off 12649 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0. 12650 12651 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a 12652 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see: 12653 12654 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html 12655 12656 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk 12657 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also 12658 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase 12659 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay 12660 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf. 12661 12662 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used 12663 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file 12664 system is to be mounted. 12665 12666 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as 12667 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in 12668 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar 12669 purpose for socket units. 12670 12671 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value() 12672 to set sysfs attributes of a device. 12673 12674 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker 12675 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available 12676 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed 12677 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive 12678 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected. 12679 12680 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian 12681 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes 12682 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan 12683 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, 12684 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl, 12685 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen, 12686 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel 12687 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, 12688 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 12689 12690CHANGES WITH 198: 12691 12692 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in 12693 files without having to edit/override the unit files 12694 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to 12695 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can 12696 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into 12697 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic 12698 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the 12699 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or 12700 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is 12701 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing 12702 unit files locally: copying the files from 12703 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing 12704 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/ 12705 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in 12706 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any 12707 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual 12708 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply 12709 for them too. 12710 12711 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be 12712 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example, 12713 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new 12714 environment variable assignment to the environment block, 12715 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty 12716 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is 12717 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets 12718 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list 12719 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins. 12720 12721 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for 12722 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively. 12723 12724 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl 12725 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only 12726 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by 12727 other users. 12728 12729 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group 12730 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime 12731 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command 12732 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares 12733 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These 12734 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the 12735 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of 12736 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource 12737 management logic is also available to other programs via the 12738 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is 12739 supported. 12740 12741 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to 12742 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to 12743 the foreground VT. 12744 12745 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API 12746 call. 12747 12748 * This release drops support for a few legacy or 12749 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init 12750 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent, 12751 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp, 12752 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing 12753 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain 12754 compatibility with this should carry the burden for 12755 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back 12756 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and 12757 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support 12758 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities 12759 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has 12760 also been removed. 12761 12762 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for 12763 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously, 12764 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot 12765 objects themselves. 12766 12767 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support. 12768 12769 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf 12770 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as 12771 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different) 12772 to how this is supported in shells. 12773 12774 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is 12775 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl 12776 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a 12777 user systemd instance. 12778 12779 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and 12780 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for 12781 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified 12782 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires 12783 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in 12784 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in 12785 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out 12786 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed 12787 one day for good in the kernel. 12788 12789 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to 12790 bind mount specific directories from the host into the 12791 container. 12792 12793 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance 12794 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from 12795 the host into the container. 12796 12797 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance 12798 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader 12799 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance 12800 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported 12801 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported 12802 by other boot loaders too. For details see: 12803 12804 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE 12805 12806 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the 12807 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory 12808 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been 12809 configured to be mounted there. 12810 12811 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out 12812 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be 12813 used by applications as asynchronous notification for 12814 system resume events. 12815 12816 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows 12817 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar 12818 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users 12819 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions(). 12820 12821 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a 12822 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for 12823 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics 12824 card). 12825 12826 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows 12827 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that 12828 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging"). 12829 12830 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only 12831 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a 12832 later "change" event. 12833 12834 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses 12835 now carry a message ID. 12836 12837 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this 12838 continues to be work in progress. 12839 12840 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the 12841 root directory to operate relative to. 12842 12843 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel 12844 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early 12845 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown 12846 times a little. 12847 12848 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for 12849 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview 12850 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon 12851 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by 12852 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and 12853 request boot into firmware operations. 12854 12855 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match 12856 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work 12857 correctly in initrds. 12858 12859 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also 12860 compile time optional via a configure switch. 12861 12862 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl 12863 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze. 12864 12865 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print 12866 the status of all active or failed units. 12867 12868 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed 12869 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue 12870 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later 12871 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown 12872 requests more robust. 12873 12874 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for 12875 reading journal files. 12876 12877 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install 12878 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification: 12879 12880 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION 12881 12882 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide 12883 animated boot time output for hanging jobs. 12884 12885 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used 12886 to test socket activation with, directly from the command 12887 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug 12888 socket activation in daemons. 12889 12890 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show 12891 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first). 12892 12893 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump 12894 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the 12895 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less". 12896 12897 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works 12898 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than 12899 system units. 12900 12901 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in 12902 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from 12903 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper. 12904 12905 * The journal files are now owned by a new group 12906 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access 12907 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the 12908 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more 12909 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now 12910 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this 12911 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else 12912 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs 12913 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read 12914 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns 12915 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also 12916 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and 12917 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and 12918 administrators little changes, however packagers need to 12919 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at 12920 package installation time. 12921 12922 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user 12923 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging 12924 scripts need to create these system user/group at 12925 installation time. 12926 12927 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that 12928 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not. 12929 12930 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs 12931 12932 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is 12933 available. 12934 12935 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also 12936 load SMACK policies at early boot. 12937 12938 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke 12939 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch, 12940 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss, 12941 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer, 12942 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, 12943 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin 12944 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael 12945 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil, 12946 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor 12947 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob 12948 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven 12949 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom 12950 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew 12951 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak) 12952 12953CHANGES WITH 197: 12954 12955 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to 12956 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit 12957 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri 12958 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first 12959 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is 12960 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support 12961 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on 12962 the supported calendar time specification language see 12963 systemd.time(7). 12964 12965 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for 12966 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination 12967 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki 12968 document for details: 12969 12970 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html 12971 12972 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the 12973 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the 12974 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart 12975 implementations around and minimal in its code and 12976 dependencies. 12977 12978 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source 12979 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname 12980 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak 12981 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and 12982 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just 12983 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off 12984 with a configure switch. 12985 12986 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting 12987 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in 12988 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was 12989 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems 12990 such as ext4. 12991 12992 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the 12993 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company 12994 identities are attached to the devices as well. 12995 12996 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is 12997 replaced by the configured user name of the service. 12998 12999 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This 13000 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This 13001 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system 13002 using only core OS tools. 13003 13004 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors 13005 when they are started for socket activation. This enables 13006 implementation of socket activated nspawn 13007 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image 13008 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect 13009 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc 13010 eventually. 13011 13012 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when 13013 presenting log data. 13014 13015 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for 13016 a unit if the control group is empty anyway. 13017 13018 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the 13019 system on idle. 13020 13021 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis 13022 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether 13023 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or 13024 tablet. This information may either be configured by the 13025 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI 13026 information if possible. 13027 13028 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply" 13029 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions 13030 will now authenticate similar ones as well. 13031 13032 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which 13033 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an 13034 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system 13035 is running on battery power. 13036 13037 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in 13038 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit 13039 is in the "failed" state. 13040 13041 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file 13042 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of 13043 environment files at once. 13044 13045 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific 13046 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been 13047 removed, systemd is now fully generic and 13048 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as 13049 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure 13050 switches. However, support for some distribution specific 13051 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We 13052 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration 13053 files everybody else uses now and convert the old 13054 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions 13055 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable, 13056 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific 13057 pieces of code locally from the git history. 13058 13059 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always 13060 log the unit name in the message meta data. 13061 13062 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is 13063 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked. 13064 13065 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer 13066 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required 13067 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead, 13068 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as 13069 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will 13070 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other 13071 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to 13072 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such 13073 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that 13074 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead, 13075 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be 13076 shipped from us upstream. 13077 13078 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke 13079 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David 13080 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra, 13081 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik 13082 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart 13083 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, 13084 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry, 13085 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg 13086 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar 13087 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn 13088 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch, 13089 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew 13090 Jędrzejewski-Szmek 13091 13092CHANGES WITH 196: 13093 13094 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties 13095 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs 13096 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this 13097 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and 13098 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In 13099 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into 13100 becoming the one central database for non-essential 13101 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB 13102 database was only attached to select devices, since the 13103 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time 13104 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the 13105 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this 13106 data for all devices where this is available, by 13107 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt 13108 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need 13109 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb 13110 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For 13111 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new 13112 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose. 13113 13114 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an 13115 indexed database to link up additional information with 13116 journal entries. For further details please check: 13117 13118 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog 13119 13120 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be 13121 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use 13122 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based 13123 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update 13124 macro for this purpose. 13125 13126 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard 13127 Python logging framework. 13128 13129 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether 13130 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of 13131 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether 13132 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live" 13133 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate 13134 time intervals. 13135 13136 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles 13137 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry 13138 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up. 13139 13140 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb 13141 right-away on the selected coredump. 13142 13143 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that 13144 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use 13145 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this. 13146 13147 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings) 13148 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply 13149 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of 13150 actually executing a suspend or hibernation. 13151 13152 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by 13153 default. 13154 13155 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the 13156 SMACK security label. 13157 13158 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next 13159 daylight saving change. 13160 13161 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific 13162 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services 13163 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S') 13164 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the 13165 distributions who still need support this to either continue 13166 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a 13167 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!) 13168 13169 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for 13170 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to 13171 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less 13172 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since 13173 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work 13174 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if 13175 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around. 13176 13177 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and 13178 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support. 13179 13180 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root 13181 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the 13182 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to 13183 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement 13184 offline updating tools. 13185 13186 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros 13187 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after 13188 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir, 13189 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir, 13190 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right 13191 directories for packages to place various data files in. 13192 13193 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to 13194 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages. 13195 13196 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel, 13197 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, 13198 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, 13199 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, 13200 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl, 13201 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen, 13202 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas 13203 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony 13204 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 13205 13206CHANGES WITH 195: 13207 13208 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to 13209 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for 13210 units via --unit=/-u. 13211 13212 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the 13213 right thing. 13214 13215 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and 13216 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based 13217 rotation. 13218 13219 * The journal will now index the available field values for 13220 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop 13221 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash 13222 completion of journalctl has been updated 13223 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all 13224 values a certain field takes in the journal database. 13225 13226 * More service events are now written as structured messages 13227 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs. 13228 13229 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which 13230 previously only provided support for changing time, locale 13231 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now 13232 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client 13233 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing 13234 these settings from the command line now, especially since 13235 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash 13236 completion. 13237 13238 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and 13239 extract coredumps from the journal. 13240 13241 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and 13242 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init 13243 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to 13244 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and 13245 scratch their heads. 13246 13247 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the 13248 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd. 13249 13250 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result 13251 in immediate termination of systemd. 13252 13253 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a 13254 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering. 13255 13256 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed 13257 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and 13258 mouse screen support has been added. 13259 13260 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON 13261 Server-Sent-Events as output. 13262 13263 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now 13264 heuristically determine whether a script supports the 13265 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as 13266 "systemctl reload". 13267 13268 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl 13269 -u" instead. 13270 13271 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings 13272 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be 13273 configured. 13274 13275 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention 13276 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock! 13277 13278 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin 13279 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc 13280 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas 13281 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich, 13282 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas 13283 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew 13284 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич 13285 13286CHANGES WITH 194: 13287 13288 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no 13289 longer load any console font or key map at boot by 13290 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left 13291 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no 13292 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding 13293 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad 13294 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be 13295 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to 13296 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them 13297 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a 13298 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default 13299 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents. 13300 13301 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave 13302 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef 13303 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 13304 13305CHANGES WITH 193: 13306 13307 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries 13308 starting from the specified location in the journal. 13309 13310 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported 13311 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be 13312 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all. 13313 13314 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as 13315 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides 13316 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality 13317 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both 13318 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such 13319 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right 13320 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP: 13321 13322 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service 13323 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries 13324 13325 This will download the journal contents in a 13326 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON: 13327 13328 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries 13329 13330 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a 13331 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic 13332 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the 13333 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example 13334 screenshot of this app in its current state: 13335 13336 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd 13337 13338 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert 13339 Milasan, Tom Gundersen 13340 13341CHANGES WITH 192: 13342 13343 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl 13344 too. 13345 13346 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with 13347 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be 13348 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence 13349 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and 13350 just start them. 13351 13352 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes, 13353 and line break accordingly. 13354 13355 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart 13356 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín 13357 13358CHANGES WITH 191: 13359 13360 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the 13361 container environment, copying the host's timezone 13362 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but 13363 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been 13364 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink. 13365 13366 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and 13367 will default to 10 if omitted. 13368 13369 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may 13370 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default 13371 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file 13372 system size is used. Use "systemctl status 13373 systemd-journald.service" to see this information. 13374 13375 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X 13376 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a 13377 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary 13378 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped 13379 until the upstream display managers have been updated to 13380 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be 13381 removed entirely in one of the next releases. 13382 13383 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into 13384 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting 13385 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are 13386 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This 13387 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split 13388 into two. 13389 13390 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart 13391 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín 13392 13393CHANGES WITH 190: 13394 13395 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the 13396 journal and show along the unit's own log output in 13397 "systemctl status". 13398 13399 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind 13400 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file 13401 system to another place in the same file system could not be 13402 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev 13403 field.) 13404 13405 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct, 13406 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by 13407 default. 13408 13409 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot 13410 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted 13411 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This 13412 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing 13413 in a container. 13414 13415 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not 13416 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one 13417 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON 13418 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode 13419 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but 13420 neatly aligned for readability by humans. 13421 13422 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown 13423 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel 13424 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility 13425 no-op. 13426 13427 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as 13428 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if 13429 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also, 13430 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the 13431 container if the containerized OS asks for that. 13432 13433 * journalctl will only show local log output by default 13434 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too. 13435 13436 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage() 13437 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal 13438 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage" 13439 command. 13440 13441 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in 13442 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals 13443 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details. 13444 13445 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added. 13446 13447 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write 13448 multiple files at once. 13449 13450 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission 13451 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will 13452 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings 13453 only for the Python language, as we consider it common 13454 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are 13455 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings 13456 for languages such as PHP or Lua. 13457 13458 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In 13459 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units 13460 now support specifiers as well. 13461 13462 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset 13463 dir: %_presetdir. 13464 13465 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the 13466 syslog daemon because its socket is full. 13467 13468 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone, 13469 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr 13470 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe, 13471 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary 13472 anymore. 13473 13474 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6 13475 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where 13476 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys, 13477 so that no text gettys were available anymore. 13478 13479 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic 13480 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make 13481 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work. 13482 13483 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default 13484 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel 13485 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening 13486 sockets. 13487 13488 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the 13489 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone 13490 is changed. 13491 13492 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default, 13493 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep 13494 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want 13495 to handle these events on their own they should take the new 13496 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch 13497 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve 13498 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of: 13499 13500 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch … 13501 13502 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking 13503 the unit file label and client process label into account. 13504 13505 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal 13506 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory. 13507 13508 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files, 13509 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID 13510 (%b). 13511 13512 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips, 13513 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, 13514 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart 13515 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, 13516 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz, 13517 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, 13518 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 13519 13520CHANGES WITH 189: 13521 13522 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from 13523 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default. 13524 13525 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now 13526 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal 13527 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports 13528 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see 13529 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic 13530 syslog daemons again. 13531 13532 * The libudev API gained the new 13533 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call. 13534 13535 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=, 13536 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to 13537 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary 13538 directories are created below /tmp for this feature. 13539 13540 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts 13541 made on the host OS below the root file system of the 13542 container. 13543 13544 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files, 13545 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so 13546 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this 13547 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about 13548 this explaining it in more detail. 13549 13550 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus= 13551 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit 13552 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the 13553 restart logic, resp. consider successful. 13554 13555 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used 13556 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and 13557 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of 13558 journal files. 13559 13560 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/ 13561 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells 13562 as container init process a lot more fun. 13563 13564 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL= 13565 entries. 13566 13567 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match 13568 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is 13569 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to 13570 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly 13571 different sets of services. 13572 13573 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a 13574 failure state. 13575 13576 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang 13577 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin 13578 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 13579 13580CHANGES WITH 188: 13581 13582 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a 13583 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps 13584 tree a lot more organized. 13585 13586 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that 13587 may be used to group services in a natural way. 13588 13589 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of 13590 services. 13591 13592 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and 13593 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports 13594 filtering by log level now. 13595 13596 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure 13597 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained 13598 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input). 13599 13600 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl 13601 command lines involving service unit names. 13602 13603 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as 13604 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions". 13605 13606 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror() 13607 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal 13608 and encodes structured information about the error number. 13609 13610 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size= 13611 option. 13612 13613 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when 13614 a shutdown is cancelled. 13615 13616 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now 13617 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work 13618 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from 13619 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount 13620 --make-rprivate /" if needed. 13621 13622 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions 13623 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep 13624 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files 13625 for display managers instead. 13626 13627 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now 13628 default to a number of compiler switches that improve 13629 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack 13630 protection, and suchlike. 13631 13632 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into 13633 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration 13634 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of 13635 the service. 13636 13637 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke 13638 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer, 13639 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas 13640 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter 13641 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom 13642 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 13643 13644CHANGES WITH 187: 13645 13646 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man 13647 pages. 13648 13649 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from 13650 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental 13651 data loss. 13652 13653 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset= 13654 option. 13655 13656 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state. 13657 13658 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to 13659 make writing synchronous journal clients easier. 13660 13661 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a 13662 specific directory. 13663 13664 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log 13665 messages of two different boots. 13666 13667 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service 13668 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply 13669 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable. 13670 13671 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much 13672 more complex expressions, with alternatives and 13673 disjunctions. 13674 13675 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main 13676 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to 13677 ensure no processes stay around by accident. 13678 13679 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s 13680 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user 13681 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances. 13682 13683 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data 13684 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the 13685 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This 13686 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus 13687 speed things up a bit. 13688 13689 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect 13690 header data of journal files. 13691 13692 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may 13693 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is 13694 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5. 13695 13696 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j) 13697 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it 13698 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all 13699 guests while still keeping the journal files separated. 13700 13701 * Many bugfixes and optimizations 13702 13703 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay 13704 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex 13705 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew 13706 Jędrzejewski-Szmek 13707 13708CHANGES WITH 186: 13709 13710 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments, 13711 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They 13712 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are 13713 prefixed with rd. 13714 13715 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are 13716 automatically generated at boot. Use: 13717 13718 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead 13719 13720 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use: 13721 13722 systemctl enable debug-shell.service 13723 13724 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth 13725 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version 13726 as well. 13727 13728 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of 13729 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it 13730 in all appropriate directories automatically. 13731 13732 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and 13733 does the right thing. Example: 13734 13735 udevadm info /dev/sda 13736 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda 13737 13738 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a 13739 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a 13740 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left 13741 running. 13742 13743 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was 13744 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started. 13745 13746 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the 13747 "cutoff" times due to rotation. 13748 13749 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering 13750 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible, 13751 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal 13752 files. 13753 13754 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to 13755 be stopped that is not loaded. 13756 13757 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames. 13758 13759 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3 13760 13761 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging 13762 where the first level dirs are always kept around but 13763 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled 13764 by prefixing the age field with '~'. 13765 13766 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties 13767 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the 13768 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers 13769 completed initialization. 13770 13771 * Seat objects now expose a State property. 13772 13773 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling 13774 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based 13775 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This 13776 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across 13777 distributions. 13778 13779 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is 13780 always valid when services log to the journal via 13781 STDOUT/STDERR. 13782 13783 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all 13784 command line options we understand. 13785 13786 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing 13787 fstab=0 on the kernel command line. 13788 13789 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood 13790 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot. 13791 13792 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now 13793 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or 13794 device paths are specified they are automatically turned 13795 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example: 13796 13797 systemctl status /home 13798 systemctl status /dev/sda 13799 13800 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from 13801 system.conf parsing. 13802 13803 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus 13804 Manager object. 13805 13806 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing. 13807 13808 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process. 13809 13810 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now 13811 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is 13812 complete. 13813 13814 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their 13815 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external 13816 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now 13817 systemd-fsck@.service. 13818 13819 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus 13820 Manager object. 13821 13822 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now 13823 work sensibly. 13824 13825 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options 13826 we actually understand. 13827 13828 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass 13829 additional capabilities to the container. 13830 13831 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names 13832 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list, 13833 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed. 13834 13835 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of 13836 the current boot only. 13837 13838 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in 13839 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up. 13840 13841 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald 13842 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This 13843 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so 13844 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the 13845 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation. 13846 13847 * Many bugfixes and optimizations 13848 13849 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner, 13850 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, 13851 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel, 13852 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen 13853 13854CHANGES WITH 185: 13855 13856 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is 13857 available. 13858 13859 * Several new man pages have been added. 13860 13861 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=, 13862 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in 13863 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of 13864 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level. 13865 13866 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for 13867 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings. 13868 13869 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen, 13870 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou, 13871 Matthias Clasen 13872 13873CHANGES WITH 184: 13874 13875 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and 13876 sleep keys as well as the lid switch. 13877 13878 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl 13879 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific 13880 daemon. 13881 13882 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences 13883 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel. 13884 13885 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert 13886 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers, 13887 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul 13888 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen 13889 13890CHANGES WITH 183: 13891 13892 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the 13893 new version to something that is greater than both udev's 13894 and systemd's most recent version number. 13895 13896 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now. 13897 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It 13898 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without 13899 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building 13900 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but 13901 udev can be properly *run* without systemd. 13902 13903 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles 13904 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken 13905 subsystems. 13906 13907 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is 13908 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be 13909 used to subscribe to events. 13910 13911 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left 13912 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned 13913 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or 13914 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be 13915 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly 13916 forked by udev rules. 13917 13918 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed 13919 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need 13920 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building 13921 it. 13922 13923 * libudev no longer provides these symbols: 13924 udev_monitor_from_socket() 13925 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry() 13926 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path() 13927 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced. 13928 13929 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed 13930 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl. 13931 13932 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and 13933 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to 13934 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename 13935 the files to the new names on upgrade. 13936 13937 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed 13938 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff 13939 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too), 13940 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable 13941 to be used as drop-in files. 13942 13943 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in 13944 particular suspending and hibernating. 13945 13946 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic 13947 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog 13948 about this in more detail. 13949 13950 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided 13951 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new 13952 places). Distributions which have not converted these 13953 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files 13954 from git history and add them downstream. 13955 13956 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added 13957 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it 13958 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various 13959 units. 13960 13961 * All smaller setup units (such as 13962 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they 13963 are run in a container and are skipped when 13964 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in 13965 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn. 13966 13967 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now 13968 integrated, for details see: 13969 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html 13970 13971 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us 13972 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status 13973 messages. 13974 13975 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to 13976 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the 13977 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO, 13978 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or 13979 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems. 13980 13981 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to 13982 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits 13983 for all units started by PID 1. 13984 13985 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into 13986 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu 13987 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!) 13988 13989 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside 13990 of PID 1 anymore. 13991 13992 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from 13993 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that 13994 have not been read by systemd yet. 13995 13996 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has 13997 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place 13998 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much 13999 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in 14000 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services, 14001 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too. 14002 14003 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences 14004 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults. 14005 14006 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp. 14007 14008 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature 14009 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been 14010 so sexy. 14011 14012 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all 14013 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching 14014 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated 14015 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead 14016 patterns. 14017 14018 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable 14019 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's 14020 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements 14021 of necessary blocks to pre-cache. 14022 14023 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies 14024 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path. 14025 14026 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from 14027 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place 14028 in systemd now. 14029 14030 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine 14031 ID on the command line. 14032 14033 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search 14034 for an init system. 14035 14036 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from 14037 vt100. 14038 14039 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems. 14040 14041 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual 14042 components now have directories of their own. 14043 14044 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available. 14045 14046 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the 14047 container in other hierarchies. 14048 14049 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in 14050 system.conf. 14051 14052 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API. 14053 14054 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be 14055 masked and /etc/fstab can override it. 14056 14057 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not 14058 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore. 14059 14060 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave 14061 locally generated journal files. 14062 14063 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically. 14064 14065 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui. 14066 14067 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George, 14068 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan 14069 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal, 14070 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers, 14071 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure, 14072 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim 14073 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal 14074 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn 14075 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom 14076 Gundersen 14077 14078CHANGES WITH 44: 14079 14080 * This is mostly a bugfix release 14081 14082 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the 14083 KVM or container configured UUID. 14084 14085 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff" 14086 14087 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output 14088 14089 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and 14090 ensuring that disk space enforcement works 14091 14092 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again 14093 14094 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian 14095 folks 14096 14097 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration 14098 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid 14099 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere. 14100 14101 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat 14102 configuration 14103 14104 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race 14105 free fashion 14106 14107 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always 14108 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always 14109 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or 14110 automatically generated data. 14111 14112 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man 14113 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls 14114 however. 14115 14116 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the 14117 tarball. 14118 14119 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic 14120 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti 14121 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry 14122 Reding 14123 14124CHANGES WITH 43: 14125 14126 * This is mostly a bugfix release 14127 14128 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported. 14129 14130 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so 14131 14132 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from 14133 normal user logins. 14134 14135 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael 14136 Biebl 14137 14138CHANGES WITH 42: 14139 14140 * This is an important bugfix release for v41. 14141 14142 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful 14143 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install 14144 xsltproc. 14145 14146 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In 14147 a future release support for hardware watchdogs 14148 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this. 14149 14150 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be 14151 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a 14152 reboot can automatically be triggered. 14153 14154 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind. 14155 14156 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham, 14157 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal 14158 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg 14159 14160CHANGES WITH 41: 14161 14162 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now; 14163 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the 14164 package update. 14165 14166 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke 14167 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not 14168 support systems with module-init-tools anymore. 14169 14170 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not 14171 complete. 14172 14173 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is 14174 understood to set system wide environment variables 14175 dynamically at boot. 14176 14177 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald. 14178 14179 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is 14180 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general 14181 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit 14182 files. 14183 14184 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart 14185 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen, 14186 William Douglas 14187 14188CHANGES WITH 40: 14189 14190 * This is mostly a bugfix release 14191 14192 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the 14193 "Result" D-Bus property. 14194 14195 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over 14196 the next few releases.) 14197 14198 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will 14199 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process 14200 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window 14201 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful 14202 14203 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay 14204 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, 14205 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode 14206 14207CHANGES WITH 39: 14208 14209 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many 14210 bugfixes. 14211 14212 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their 14213 resource usage. 14214 14215 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If 14216 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins 14217 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user 14218 journals by the respective users. 14219 14220 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically 14221 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access 14222 to the system journal as well as all user journals. 14223 14224 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging 14225 client for all entries. 14226 14227 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers 14228 14229 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text 14230 messages, without any meta data like date or time. 14231 14232 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to 14233 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display 14234 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg 14235 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices. 14236 14237 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs 14238 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as 14239 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default. 14240 14241 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the 14242 journal along with meta data. 14243 14244 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for 14245 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for 14246 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes. 14247 14248 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups 14249 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in 14250 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups 14251 14252 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way 14253 14254 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on 14255 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to 14256 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid, 14257 or fsck. 14258 14259 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless 14260 requested with new -k switch. 14261 14262 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart 14263 Poettering, Michal Schmidt 14264 14265CHANGES WITH 38: 14266 14267 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many 14268 bugfixes. 14269 14270 * The git repository moved to: 14271 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd 14272 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd 14273 14274 * First release with the journal 14275 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html 14276 14277 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and 14278 systemd-stdout-bridge. 14279 14280 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind 14281 14282 * Many systemadm clean-ups 14283 14284 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all 14285 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all 14286 remote mounts. 14287 14288 * Added Mageia support 14289 14290 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl 14291 14292 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in 14293 the parent process before having finished writing the PID 14294 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be 14295 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the 14296 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them. 14297 14298 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output 14299 of existing distributions. 14300 14301 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for 14302 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage. 14303 14304 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and 14305 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during 14306 boot. 14307 14308 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=. 14309 14310 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for 14311 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is 14312 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys, 14313 among other things. 14314 14315 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console 14316 and the journal by default, not only just the console. 14317 14318 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login. 14319 14320 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a 14321 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically 14322 select the components of systemd they are interested in. 14323 14324 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is 14325 restored. 14326 14327 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to 14328 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and 14329 kmod 14330 14331 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead 14332 of /usr/local by default. 14333 14334 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the 14335 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained 14336 in: 14337 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/ 14338 14339 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter 14340 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with 14341 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn 14342 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never 14343 supported anyway, and bad style). 14344 14345 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind 14346 reloading of units together. 14347 14348 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave 14349 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay 14350 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt, 14351 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef 14352 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek 14353